Está en la página 1de 105

INDEX

Pneumatic Actuators with interesting innovations 1

Principle of Function with sizing examples

The principle of double acting actuators 2


The principle of single acting actuators

The AIR TORQUE – Part turn Actuators with technical details


Technical Description Protection A - B - D - E - P - EC - Stainless Steel 3
Technical Data of the 4th Generation in overview with technical details 4
Technical Data DR/SC00006 - DR/SC10000 5
Data sheets Actuators 90° • Part description • Data sheet stainless steel • Data sheet spare parts

Air consumption

Special actuators 6
Turning range 180° • 3-position 90°/180° • Speed control • Fail safe position • SC 180° (spring return)

Accessoiries 7
Limit switch kit • Multifunction indicator • Adaptors • Centerings • Block and Lock

Travel stop adjustment • Indicator for switches

The Automation with technical details 8


Stainless Steel design
DN 1/4” - DN 4” double and single acting

Brass design
DN 1/4” - DN 2” double and single acting

Accessories

The ‚correct‘ Mounting 9


Fail Close & Fail Open
Maintenance

The electric Actuators 10

Company Profile and References 11

Appendix 12
Certificate of Approval • GOST
Classification of Ships and Mobile Off Shore Units

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. 00e


No guarantee for accuracy.
Older data sheets are invalid.
We introduce ourselves...
Pneumatic
Part Turn Actuators

Air Torque GmbH - 4th Generation pneumatic part turn actuators


Innovations for the future with new and intelligent highlights!
The company AIR TORQUE GmbH, located in Ettlingen,
near to the Black Forest, is your technical partner for
pneumatic and electric actuators.
The development and production of the pneumatic
actuators is done in accordance with the practicable
standards, for example the ISO 5211, DIN 3337, VDI/VDE
3845 or the NF E29-409 under attention of the ISO 9001.

Our team in the sales


department, the project
planning and in the
assemblage assures to you
a perfect support and a
high quality standard.
To garantee the daily deli-
veries we maintain the
worldwide biggest stock with Air Torque
part turn actuators.

Additional we are to meet online at www.airtorque.de everytime.


Here we provide beside the technical informations a large download area
with documentation and drawings.

AIR TORQUE part turn actuators of the 4. Generation:


Interresting news and a lot of technical developments
combine reliabled now with the requirements of the
future and fulfil the newest completions of the ISO 5211
yet!

1 Body - The Aluminium body with the appea-


ling ‘New Edge Design’ is inside and outside
complete coated with ALODUR.

Advantages
of the ALODUR coating:
extremely abrasion resistant,
low surface roughness, optimal resistance

2 External stroke adjustment - a great saving of time is achieved,


when mounting the actuator on the valve, through the service
friendly adjustment of both end positions with the precise cam system.
The rotation angle is easily changeable with a special cam, f.e. for 0°-15°
and 75°-90°.Safety for emergency cases is possible through blocking of
the actuator. This new feature can be used by simply changing the screw
into a longer one.
All adjustments of the end positions are possible service
friendly without disassembling.

3 Multifunction indicator - the position of the multifunction indicator is


quick adapted for a parallel or 45° position of the square as well as for
along or across to the pipe mounted actuator positions.
The direct mounting - through exchange of the yellow inserts the multifunction
indicator is suitable as cam for the direct mounting (mechanic, inductive).

4 The connections - ISO 5211, DIN 3337 (F03-F25), VDI/VDE 3845 (Size 0 to 4)
ISO 1 (CNOMO) and NAMUR for flexible usability and exchangeability.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Advantages


No guarantee for accuracy.
0101e
Older data sheets are invalid.
We introduce ourselves...
Pneumatic
Part Turn Actuators

The driveshaft - square - flathead - key - star


A more flexible construction is obtained through the possibility of free
adjustment of the driveshaft in 45°-steps (square on the bottom).
With a rotation of the drive shaft the requested position can be reali-
zed. For correct position indication the plug of the indicator (drive shaft
top) is designed as an octagon, so the position indicator also can be
mounted in 45°-steps.

Optional a flathead, key connection or a star is available (for the star


the lower usable torque is to consider).

Technical details
The tooth profile, and so the way of force, for the used rack and
pinion principle was optimized through the involute gearing.

Additional it is possible to adjust the torque through the reliable


spring cartridges, made with high quality spring steel, accor-
ding to the requirements.

The new multifunction indicator for 4th Generation actuators (2. Line).
The multifunction indicator
The new indicator is suitable for 45° or 90° position (s. a.). A visual indicati-
on is realized through coloured inserts (white) in the (red) indicator. The ins-
erts are variable to fit.
The indicator has a VDI/VDE-interface. So mostly every standard attache-
ment can be mounted without problems.

The direct mounting


Through exchange of the standard inserts with metal inserts the multifunction indica-
tor can be quick and easy changed for direct mounting.

With this new Multifunctionindicator nearly the most of the possibilities with common switches
are easily and variable to mount. And all this with the standard cams !

Example for
Plastic insert for mechanical
standard indication or
Metal insert for sensors IFM sensors
Size
DR/SC00015
to Example for
DR/SC00150 proximity
switches
(P+F, TURCK
etc...)

Example for
multiport valve
Plastic insert for
indication
possible plugs for the mechanical
indication of switches, variabel
multiport valves upgradeable with a
metal pin for sensors

Note: Indicators for the actuator sizes DR/SC00220 to DR/SC05000 Ø85 / Ø115 see page 0706/0707 --->

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Advantages


No guarantee for accuracy.
0102e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Advantages
DR/SC00015-05000

Piston
The Advantages of the 4th Generation • corrosion-resistant
• backlash-free transmission
Multifunction-indicator through involute curve
• adjustment in 45°-steps possible 19 • milling cutted tooth profile
• prepared for double proximity sensor 18
• variable plug system 10 30
Body 8
• anticorrosion coating A-B-C-D-E-P
• DIN/ISO 5211, VDI/VDE 3845, NAMUR 31
• New Edge design End cap
• anticorrosion coating
Piston guiding 50 A-B-C-D-E-P
5 11
• 3-way guiding • handsome shape,
• optimized bearing surface compact
• serial application 15 • New Edge design
4
up to 150 °C 3
2
External stroke
13 9 8 adjustment
40 1 • optimal serviceability
42 16 for adjustment
Spring cartridge 21 Octi-cam ‘OPEN + CLOSED’
17 6
• safe mounting • ideal transmission of • ‘block and lock’
14 • spring force through forces through poly- possibility (optional)
variation adjustable gon connection • adjustable ±4°

Part and Protection


Type suitable for 60
Body End Caps
chromatized + Drive shaft
A ALODUR general service
• high efficiency through
Polyester coated
ALODUR + PTFE - chromatized + acid/basic solutions involute gearing
B 7 • optimized bearing
coating Polyester coated in low concentration
20 • antiblowout
ENP Polyester chromatized + caustic soda in low
C concentration
coated Polyester coated
ALODUR + PTFE - chromatized + aggressive environ.
D acid/basic solutions
coating PTFE-coated
ALODUR + PTFE - chromatized + acid/basic solutions,
E seawater
coating PTFE-coated
Resin impreg. + Processindustry, (1) GS400-15 type DR/SC220-5000; (2) 8 pcs. type DR/SC15-2000;
P ALODUR
solvent
Hard anodized 12 pcs. type DR/SC3000; 16 pcs. DR/SC5000; (3) type DR/SC900-
3000 end caps are symmetric.
All types: piston anodized, E-type -> drive shaft stainless steel  included in spare part kit,  included in high temperature kit,
DR/SC5000 deliverable in typ A or P only.  included in low temperature kit

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) 1.4301 EN 10088-3 (1)
02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506
03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) Nylon 46 (4)
06,07  1 Bearing (Pinion Top/Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 (4)
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
13 8/12/16 (2) Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM
16  2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 min.5/max.12 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring Alloy Steel DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxid
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20,21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom/Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30,31 1 (3) Right/Left End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe (4) UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe (4) UNI 5075
43 1 Spigot EN AW 6063 (4) EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body EN AW 6063 (4) EN 573/3 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Advantages


No guarantee for accuracy.
0103e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/DL
4th Generation
DR/DL00015-05000

The principle of the double acting actuator


If the port ‘2’ is under pressure and port ‘4’ evacuated, the both
pistons are moving into the endpositions and a turning of the drive
shaft is the result (a turning of the drive shaft in its opposite is possible
through a turned mounting of the pistons -> type DL).

"2" "4" "2" "4"

Fig. DR01:
Fig. DR02: Top view and principle of a double acting actuator under pressure Principle of a doubleacting actuator

If the port ‘4’ is under pressure and the port ‘2’ evacuated, the pistons are moving into the middle position.
This also has as result a turning of the drive shaft (a turning of the drive shaft in its opposite is possible through
a turned mounting of the pistons).

With rack and pinion construction the output torque of an actuator is obtained by multiplying the piston force
(given by air supply pressure) by the pitch shaft radius (lever arm) as shown in fig. DR03 less the force lost for
friction (efficiency). Because of this concept, the output torque is linear as shown in the diagram DR04 in both
clockwise and counterclockwise rotation.
The suggested safety factor for double acting actuators in normal working conditions is 15-20%.

hw = lever arm (effective)

Torque MD
[Nm] M D, Actuator

Pressure
hw

0∞ Rotation [∞] 90∞

Fig. DR03: Top view of a double acting actuator Fig. DR04: Principle of the torque
under pressure (double acting)

Sizing example for double-acting actuator (data see datasheet):

Published butterfly valve torque = 40 Nm


Safety factor = 40 Nm + 20 % = 48 Nm
Air supply pressure available = 5 bar

The double acting AT actuator that produces a minimum of 48 Nm at 5 bar is the DR60.

MD
[Nm] M D, DR00060
48
Safety factor
40

Fig. DR05: M D, Butterfly Valve


Principle of the sizing a double-acting actuator
0∞ Rotation [∞] 90∞

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007.


No guarantee for accuracy. DRDL00015-05000
Older data sheets are invalid. 0201e
Technic SC/SO
4th Generation
SC/SO00015-05000

Principle of Single Acting Actuators (Spring Return)


If the port ‘2’ is under pressure and port ‘4’ evacuated, the both
pistons are moving into the endpositions and compress the springs
- result is a turning of the drive shaft (a turning of the drive shaft in its
opposite is possible through a turned mounting of the pistons ->
type SO).

"2" "4" "2" "4"


Fig. SC01:
Fig. SC02: Top view and principle of a single acting actuator under spring pressure Principle of a single-acting actuator

By of the spring force a fail-save position by air or electricity loss is guaranteed.


In spring return applications the output torque is obtained in two different operations. Each operation pro-
duces two different values in relation to the stroke position (0° or 90°). For spring return actuators the output
torque is produced by multiplying the force (air or springs acting on the pistons) by the lever arm.

First case:
hw
w==wirksamer
lever armHebelarm
(effective) MD
The output torque is generated by air supply [Nm]
pressure at port ‘2’ after compressing the Drehmoment M D, Air pressure
springs, called ‘output torque air stroke’. In Luftdruck
this case air forces the pistons from the 0° to
the 90° position and consequently the torque
hw

starts from a high value and during the stroke


it constantly decreases until 90° due to the
natural force that springs generate (oppose) 0∞ Rotation [∞] 90∞
when they are compressed (see Fig. SC03: Diagram SC04:
diagramSC04). Top view of a single-acting actuator Principle of the air torque

hw= lever arm (effective)


MD Second case:
[Nm]
Torque M D, Spring The output torque is generated by the
force that springs release onto the pistons
Spring when air fails, called ‘output torque
torque
spring stroke’. In this case the torque, star-
hw

ting from the 90° position, constantly


decreases until 0° because of springs
0∞ Rotation [∞] 90∞ extending (see diagram SC06).
Fig. SC05: Diagram SC06:
Top view of a single-acting actuator Principle of the spring torque

AT spring return actuators are designed to produce a balanced torque in the two conditions explained
above when the number of springs per side is equal to the air pressure supply (4 bar - 4 springs each side) as
shown in the diagram SC07.
For certain applications it is possible to achieve (where desired), the unbalanced torque, as shown in dia-
gram SC08, by changing the relation between the number of springs per side and air pressure supply in bar
(for example 6 springs and 5,5 bar or vice versa).

In spring return applications two conditions can be archieved: air failure to close or failure to open.
The suggested safety factor for spring return actuators in normal working conditions is 20-25%.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. SCSO00015-05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0202e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic SC/SO
4th Generation
SC/SO00015-05000

Sizing of a single-acting actuator (Data see datasheet):

1. Spring to close (when air fails):

Published ball valve torque = 80 Nm


Safety factor = 80 Nm + 20 % = 96 Nm
Air supply pressure available = 5 bar

The spring return AT actuator selected is the SC300 - 5, because it produces the following values:

Spring stroke 0° = 105 Nm


Spring stroke 90° = 165 Nm

Air stroke 0° = 172 Nm


Air stroke 90° = 112 Nm MD
[Nm] M D, Air pressure M D, Spring

Safety factor

Valve torque
0∞ Rotation [∞] 90∞
Diagram SC07: Principle of balanced torque

2. Spring to open with unbalanced torque (when air fails):

Published ball valve torque = 45 Nm


Safety factor = 45 Nm + 20 % = 54 Nm
Air supply pressure available = 5,5 bar

The spring return AT actuator selected is the SC150 - 5, because it produces the following values:

Spring stroke 0° = 50,7 Nm


Spring stroke 90° = 78,8 Nm

Air stroke 0° = 95,6 Nm


Air stroke 90° = 67,5 Nm
MD
[Nm] M D, Air pressure M D, Spring

Safety factor

Valve torque
0∞ Rotation [∞] 90∞
Diagram SC08: Principle of unbalanced torque

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. SCSO00015-05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0203e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/SC
Version A
DR/SC00015-05000

Rack and pinion actuator with constant torque version ‘A’


throughout the entire output rotation with convincing advantages

The drive shaft is held in position by two bearings, one


at the top of the pinion, one at the bottom. These
guarantee less friction and abrasion-free operation.
Due to the special design of the bearings at the shoul-
ders of the piston, the drive shaft is blowout proof and
fulfills the hard US-standards for product liability.
The drive shaft has a 25-30 µm electroless nickel coa-
ting.

The bearings are temperature resistant to 155°C.


Because of an internal retaining shoulder the bea-
rings are blowout safe.

The maintainance free springs allow a safe and sim-


ple assembly and disassembly. The adaptation of
The body is ALODUR coated, inside as well as outside.
the AT - actuators to your working conditions with the
The end caps are chromatized and coated with light-
recommended pneumatic pressure can so be arran-
grey polyester. The coating is abrasion-free and is used
ged. The conversion of a double acting to a spring
for standard industrial purposes. The ALODUR-coating
return actuator can be easily managed. Only the
has compared with the common hard anodizing the
necessary springs have to be mounted. This advan-
advantage of a better surface roughness with nearly
tage of AT - actuators reduces stocking costs signifi-
the same strengh, by a better stability.
cantly.
External seviceable travel stops for open and close
Silicon free:
position allow a fine adjustment of ± 4°. This special fea-
All actuators are silicon free according to the auto-
ture eliminates alignment problems due to a clearance
mobile industry recommendations.
of connections between the stem of the valve adaptor
Exception: High and low temperature actuators
and the shaft of the actuator.
Serial inspection:
Due to a triple bearing of the piston all actuators have
Each actuator has to pass a comprehensive serial
a constant torque, even under high load. Beside the
inspection with e.g. a tightness / density check and
guides on the outside of the piston there is an additio-
a torque check. After passing the inspection the
nal guide inside which absorbs the cross load through
actuator is given a serial number according to ISO
the integrated support at the drive shaft.
9001.

Test Certificate: Approval:

Salt spray test: no. SAC/655/98 Classification of ships: DET NORSKE Nr. P-11231
Kesternich test: no. SAC/299/98 GOST: no. 1148552, 4433326, PPC 02-4409

Parts and Protection suitable not recommended


Protection
Body End-Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for for
Material EN AW 6063 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe C22 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe
caustic soda,
chromatized +
Carbon steel anodized, general
Description ALODUR Polyester all strong acids
ENP black service
coated or
Coating 30 - 35 µm 80 - 90 µm 25 - 30 µm 15 - 20 µm basic solutions
Colour light grey light grey, Ral 9007 black
This coating is achieved through a special method, which uses a special surface treatment with brushing and
Process
sandblasting followed by an electrochemical oxidation of the aluminium surface.
Good corrosion resistance, very high surface hardness for good abrasion resistance
Advantages in connection with the standard hard anodation the inside surface roughness was reduced about 40%.
The outcome of this is lower friction in combination with a higher sealing lifetime.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Version A


No guarantee for accuracy.
0301e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/SC
Version B
DR/SC00015-03000

Rack and pinion actuator with constant torque version ‘B’


throughout the entire output rotation with convincing advantages

The drive shaft is held in position by two bearings, one


at the top of the pinion, one at the bottom. These
guarantee less friction and abrasion-free operation.
Due to the special design of the bearings at the shoul-
ders of the piston, the drive shaft is blowout proof and
fulfills the hard US-standards for product liability.
The drive shaft has a 25-30 µm electroless nickel coa-
ting.

The bearings are temperature resistant to 155°C.


Because of an internal retaining shoulder the bea-
rings are blowout safe.

The maintainance free springs allow a safe and sim-


ple assembly and disassembly. The adaptation of
The body is hard anodized, inside as well as outside. the AT - actuators to your working conditions with the
Additional the body is coated with PTFE. The end caps recommended pneumatic pressure can so be arran-
are chromatized and coated with light-grey polyester. ged. The conversion of a double acting to a spring
The coating resists light acids and basic solutions. return actuator can be easily managed. Only the
necessary springs have to be mounted. This advan-
External seviceable travel stops for open and close tage of AT - actuators reduces stocking costs signifi-
position allow a fine adjustment of ± 4°. This special fea- cantly.
ture eliminates alignment problems due to a clearance
of connections between the stem of the valve adaptor Silicon free:
and the shaft of the actuator. All actuators are silicon free according to the auto-
mobile industry recommendations.
Due to a triple bearing of the piston all actuators have Exception: High and low temperature actuators
a constant torque, even under high load. Beside the
guides on the outside of the piston there is an additio-
nal guide inside which absorbs the cross load through Serial inspection:
the integrated support at the drive shaft. Each actuator has to pass a comprehensive serial
inspection with e.g. a tightness / density check and
a torque check. After passing the inspection the
actuator is given a serial number according to ISO
9001.

Test certificate: Approval:

Salt spray testt: Nr. SAC/656/98 Classification of ships: DET NORSKE Nr. P-11231
Kesternich test: Nr. SAC/300/98 GOST: Nr. 1148552, 4433326, PPC 02-4409

Parts and Protection suitable not recommended


Protection
Body End-Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for for
Material EN AW 6063 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe C22 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe
general chlorine,
ALODUR chromatized +
Carbon steel anodized, service sulphuric
Description + PTFE Polyester
ENP black Caustic Soda and salted
coated coated
in low environment
Coating PTFE 25 - 30 µm 80 - 90 µm 25 - 30 µm 15 - 20 µm
concentration nitric acid
Colour light grey light grey, Ral 9007 black
This coating is achieved through a special method, which uses a special surface treatment with brushing and
Process
sandblasting followed by an electrochemical oxidation of the aluminium surface. Add. the body is PTFE coated.
Optimal corrosion resistance, through PTFE coating highest chemical resistance, PTFE has a wide range of
Advantages
temperature application. End cap Polyester coated, therefore more cost-efficient than D-version.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Version B


No guarantee for accuracy.
0302e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/SC
Version D
DR/SC00015-03000

Rack and pinion actuator with constant torque version ‘D’


throughout the entire output rotation with convincing advantages

The drive shaft is held in position by two bearings, one


at the top of the pinion, one at the bottom. These
guarantee less friction and abrasion-free operation.
Due to the special design of the bearings at the shoul-
ders of the piston, the drive shaft is blowout proof and
fulfills the hard US-standards for product liability.
The drive shaft has a 25-30 µm electroless nickel coa-
ting.

The bearings are temperature resistant to 155°C.


Because of an internal retaining shoulder the bea-
rings are blowout safe.

The maintainance free springs allow a safe and sim-


ple assembly and disassembly. The adaptation of
The body is hard anodized, inside as well as outside. the AT - actuators to your working conditions with the
Additional the body is coated with PTFE. The end caps recommended pneumatic pressure can so be arran-
are chromatized and also coated with PTFE. The coa- ged. The conversion of a double acting to a spring
ting resists acids and basic solutions. return actuator can be easily managed. Only the
necessary springs have to be mounted. This advan-
External seviceable travel stops for open and close tage of AT - actuators reduces stocking costs signifi-
position allow a fine adjustment of ± 4°. This special fea- cantly.
ture eliminates alignment problems due to a clearance
of connections between the stem of the valve adaptor Silicon free:
and the shaft of the actuator. All actuators are silicon free according to the auto-
mobile industry recommendations.
Due to a triple bearing of the piston all actuators have Exception: High and low temperature actuators
a constant torque, even under high load. Beside the
guides on the outside of the piston there is an additio- Serial inspection:
nal guide inside which absorbs the cross load through Each actuator has to pass a comprehensive serial
the integrated support at the drive shaft. inspection with e.g. a tightness / density check and
a torque check. After passing the inspection the
actuator is given a serial number according to ISO
9001.

Test certificate: Approval:

Salt spry test: no. SAC/890/96 Classification of ships: DET NORSKE Nr. P-11231
Kesternich test: no. SAC/896/96 GOST: no. 1148552, 4433326, PPC 02-4409

Parts and Protection suitable not recommended


Protection
Body End-Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for for
Material EN AW 6063 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe C22 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe general
ALODUR chromatized service,
Carbon steel anodized, nitric acid
Description + + acids or
ENP black and all
PTFE resin coated special PTFE basic solutions
painting solutions
Coating 50 - 55 µm 80 - 90 µm 25 - 30 µm 15 - 20 µm in low
Colour light grey light grey black concentration

This coating is achieved through a special method, which uses a special surface treatment with brushing and
Process
sandblasting followed by an electrochemical oxidation of the aluminium surface. Add. the body is PTFE coated.
Optimal corrosion resistance, through PTFE coating highest chemical resistance, PTFE has a wide range of
Advantages temperature application.
In connection with the standard hard anodation the inside surface roughness was reduced about 40%.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Version D


No guarantee for accuracy.
0303e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/SC
Version E
DR/SC00015-03000

Rack and pinion actuator with constant torque version ‘E’


throughout the entire output rotation with convincing advantages

The drive shaft is held in position by two bearings, one


at the top of the pinion, one at the bottom. These
guarantee less friction and abrasion-free operation.
Due to the special design of the bearings at the shoul-
ders of the piston, the drive shaft is blowout proof and
fulfills the hard US-standards for product liability.

The material of the drive shaft is stainless steel.

The bearings are temperature resistant to 155°C.


Because of an internal retaining shoulder the bea-
rings are blowout safe.

The maintainance free springs allow a safe and sim-


The body is hard anodized, inside as well as outside. ple assembly and disassembly. The adaptation of
Additional the body is coated with PTFE. The end caps the AT - actuators to your working conditions with the
are chromatized and also coated with PTFE. The coa- recommended pneumatic pressure can so be arran-
ting resists acids and basic solutions. ged. The conversion of a double acting to a spring
return actuator can be easily managed. Only the
External seviceable travel stops for open and close necessary springs have to be mounted. This advan-
position allow a fine adjustment of ± 4°. This special fea- tage of AT - actuators reduces stocking costs signifi-
ture eliminates alignment problems due to a clearance cantly.
of connections between the stem of the valve adaptor
and the shaft of the actuator. Silicon free:
All actuators are silicon free according to the auto-
Due to a triple bearing of the piston all actuators have mobile industry recommendations.
a constant torque, even under high load. Beside the Exception: High and low temperature actuators
guides on the outside of the piston there is an additio-
nal guide inside which absorbs the cross load through Serial inspection:
the integrated support at the drive shaft. Each actuator has to pass a comprehensive serial
inspection with e.g. a tightness / density check and
a torque check. After passing the inspection the
actuator is given a serial number according to ISO
9001.

Test Certificate: Approval:

Salt spray test: no. SAC/886/96 Classification of ships: DET NORSKE Nr. P-11231
Kesternich test: no. SAC/897/96 GOST: no. 1148552, 4433326, PPC 02-4409

Parts and Protection suitable


Protection
Body End-Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for
Material EN AW 6063 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe S.S. 303 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe through S.S. shaft good
ALODUR chromatized resistance
anodized,
Description + + stainless steel against strong environmental
black
PTFE resin coated special PTFE influences
Coating PTFE 25 - 30 µm 80 - 90 µm 15 - 20 µm acids or
Colour light grey light grey black basic solutions

This coating is achieved through a special method, which uses a special surface treatment with brushing and
Process
sandblasting followed by an electrochemical oxidation of the aluminium surface. Add. the body is PTFE coated.
Optimal corrosion resistance, through PTFE coating highest chemical resistance, PTFE has a wide range of
Advantages
temperature application. With stainless steel drive shaft optimal chemical resistance.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Version E


No guarantee for accuracy.
0304e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/SC
Version P
DR/SC00015-05000

Rack and pinion actuator with constant torque version ‘P’


throughout the entire output rotation with convincing advantages

The drive shaft is held in position by two bearings, one


at the top of the pinion, one at the bottom. These
guarantee less friction and abrasion-free operation.
Due to the special design of the bearings at the shoul-
ders of the piston, the drive shaft is blowout proof and
fulfills the hard US-standards for product liability.
The drive shaft has a 25-30 µm electroless nickel coa-
ting.

The bearings are temperature resistant to 155°C.


Because of an internal retaining shoulder the bea-
rings are blowout safe.

The maintainance free springs allow a safe and sim-


The body is special hard anodized (ALODUR), inside as ple assembly and disassembly. The adaptation of
well as outside. The end caps are special hard anodi- the AT - actuators to your working conditions with the
zed too. The coating is abrasion-free and resists against recommended pneumatic pressure can so be arran-
different aggressive medias. ged. The conversion of a double acting to a spring
return actuator can be easily managed. Only the
External seviceable travel stops for open and close necessary springs have to be mounted. This advan-
position allow a fine adjustment of ± 4°. This special fea- tage of AT - actuators reduces stocking costs signifi-
ture eliminates alignment problems due to a clearance cantly.
of connections between the stem of the valve adaptor
and the shaft of the actuator. Silicon free:
All actuators are silicon free according to the auto-
Due to a triple bearing of the piston all actuators have mobile industry recommendations.
a constant torque, even under high load. Beside the Exception: High and low temperature actuators
guides on the outside of the piston there is an additio-
nal guide inside which absorbs the cross load through Serial inspection:
the integrated support at the drive shaft. Each actuator has to pass a comprehensive serial
inspection with e.g. a tightness / density check and
a torque check. After passing the inspection the
actuator is given a serial number according to ISO
9001.

Test certificate: Approval:

Salt spray test: no. SAC/304/98 Classification of ships: DET NORSKE Nr. P-11231
Kesternich test: no. SAC/301/98 GOST: no. 1148552, 4433326, PPC 02-4409

Parts and Protection suitable not recommended


Protection
Body End-Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for for
Material EN AW 6063 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe C22 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe
General Caustic soda,
ALODUR - anodized,
Description hard anodized ENP services, all strong acids
coated black
low salted or
Coating 30 - 35 µm 30 - 35 µm 25 - 30 µm 15 - 20 µm environment basic solutions
Colour grey silver grey black
ALODUR is a special coating treatment, which is created in connection with a electro-chemical reaction of the
Process
Al base material. This ALODUR coating is generated in two different coating treatments.
Comparable to the good surface hardness like the hard anodizing. Therefore high life time. Very good corrosion
Advantages resistance in general service and salted environment. Through the lower layer thickness compared with hard
anodizing a lower friction in connection with a higher sealing life time is achieved.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Version P


No guarantee for accuracy.
0305e
Older data sheets are invalid.
4th Generation

Stainless Steel Actuators

FORGED STAINLESS STEEL


Rack and Pinion Actuator

Air Torque has developed a new line of forged stainless steel actuators with material traceability. This new
line of stainless steel actuators has been designed to be used in corrosive environment by using forged
high quality stainless steel body material in A 182 F316/ EN 10088/3 1.4401.

Appropriate Field of applications:

• Food Industry • Enology


• Pharmaceutical • Marine and Offshore Plant
• Sanitary • Corrosive environments
• Cosmetics

These actuators are manufactured in Double acting and Spring Return versions.
The stainless steel actuators are also available with optional polished surface, particulary for Sanitary and
Pharmaceutical applications.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS

The new line of stainless steel actuators offers a lot of innovative design features and benefits like:

• High performance • Two independent external travel stop


• Full compliance with worldwide latest adjustments, of ±4° in both, open and
specifiactions close positions
• Simple, compact and modern shape to • Dual piston rack and pinion design for
avoid cavity contamination and corrosive compact construction, symmetric moun-
deposit build up ting position, long life cycle and fast ope-
• Namur air connection interface for easy ration. Reverse rotation can be performed
mounting of solenoid valves on site by simply inverting the pistons
• Namur mounting dimension on top for • Modular preloaded spring cartridge
simply ancilliary installation design. With coated springs for simple ver-
• Full conformance to the latest specifications: satile range, greater safety and corrosion
ISO 5211 and DIN 3337 resistance

OPTIONS

1. Polished surface particulary for Sanitary and Pharmaceutical applications.


2. Stainless steel pistons and spring cartridges.
3. Maximum supply pressure up to 15 bar when supplied with stainless steel pistons.

For technical data see chapter 5, page 0526e.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. S.S. Actuators


No guarantee for accuracy.
0306e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technic DR/SC
Version EC
DR/SC00015-05000

Rack and pinion actuator with constant torque version ‘EC’


throughout the entire output rotation with convincing advantages

The drive shaft is held in position by two bearings, one


at the top of the pinion, one at the bottom. These
guarantee less friction and abrasion-free operation.
Due to the special design of the bearings at the shoul-
ders of the piston, the drive shaft is blowout proof and
fulfills the hard US-standards for product liability.

The material of the drive shaft is stainless steel.

The bearings are temperature resistant to 155°C.


Because of an internal retaining shoulder the bea-
rings are blowout safe.

The body is special hard anodized (ALODUR), inside as The maintainance free springs allow a safe and sim-
well as outside. Additional the body is Epoxy coated. ple assembly and disassembly. The adaptation of
The end caps are chromatized and Epoxy coated. the AT - actuators to your working conditions with the
recommended pneumatic pressure can so be arran-
External seviceable travel stops for open and close ged. The conversion of a double acting to a spring
position allow a fine adjustment of ± 4°. This special fea- return actuator can be easily managed. Only the
ture eliminates alignment problems due to a clearance necessary springs have to be mounted. This advan-
of connections between the stem of the valve adaptor tage of AT - actuators reduces stocking costs signifi-
and the shaft of the actuator. cantly.

Due to a triple bearing of the piston all actuators have Silicon free:
a constant torque, even under high load. Beside the All actuators are silicon free according to the auto-
guides on the outside of the piston there is an additio- mobile industry recommendations.
nal guide inside which absorbs the cross load through Exception: High and low temperature actuators
the integrated support at the drive shaft.
Serial inspection:
Each actuator has to pass a comprehensive serial
inspection with e.g. a tightness / density check and
a torque check. After passing the inspection the
actuator is given a serial number according to ISO
9001.

Test certificate:

Salt spray test: no. SAC/0136/03


Kesternich test: no. SAC/0164/03

Parts and Protection suitable not recommended


Protection
Body End-Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for for
Material EN AW 6063 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe S.S. 316 GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe general
ALODUR + chromatized + service
anodized, Nitric acid
Description EPOXY EPOXY stainless steel Acid or basic
black some solvent
coating coating solutions
Colour blue grey blue grey black in low concentr.
ALODUR is a special coating treatment, which is created in connection with a electro-chemical reaction of the
Process
Al base material. Addiotionally the actuator is coated with EPOXY.
Good corrosion resistance through the EPOXY coating. Body and end-caps are coated separately (maintenance).
Advantages In connection with the standard hard anodation the inside surface roughness was reduced about 40%,
the outcome of this is a lower friction in combination with a higher sealing lifetime.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Version EC


No guarantee for accuracy.
0307e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Specification/Torque
DR/SC00015-05000

Protection and Serviceability


Part and Protection suitable
Representation Type
Body End Caps Drive Shaft Pistons for
chromatized and carbon steel
A ALODUR normal anodized
general
polyester coated ENP
Coating 30 - 35 µm 80 - 90 µm 15 - 20 µm service
25 - 30 µm
Colour bright S.S. S.S. Ral 9007 black
ALODUR + PTFE chromatized and carbon steel general service,
B normal anodized
coating polyester coated ENP acid or basic
Coating 30-35/25-30 µm 80 - 90 µm 15 - 20 µm solutions in low
25 - 30 µm concentration
Colour light grey S.S. Ral 9007 black
ALODUR +PTFE chromatized and carbon steel aggressive
D normal anodized
coating PTFE coating ENP environment,
Coating 30-35/25-30 µm 80 - 90 µm 15 - 20 µm acid or basic
25 - 30 µm
Colour light grey light grey black solutions

ALODUR +PTFE chromatized and


E normal anodized acid or basic
coating PTFE coating
stainless steel solutions,
Coating 30-35/25-30 µm 80 - 90 µm 15 - 20 µm
seawater
Colour light grey light grey black
resin impregnated carbon steel
P ALODUR normal anodized acid or basic
+ hard anodized ENP
solutions,
Coating 30-35 µm 30 - 35 µm 15 - 20 µm
25 - 30 µm seawater
Colour bright S.S. bright S.S. black
ALODUR+ chromatiert + general service,
EC EPOXY EPOXY
normal anodized
acid or basic
Edelstahl
Coating 80-95 µm 80 - 95 µm 15 - 20 µm solutions in low
Colour blue grey blue grey black concentration

DR/SC05000 only available in protection A or P


conditions of usage
air supply temperature range according to design max. turning range
filtered, lubricated or dry air, standard -20°C bis +80°C press. ±4° adjustable
non corrosive media, Dp -20°C (Dew Point) low temperature -40°C bis +80°C 90°
8 bar
(Dp min. 10°C < Tarea), particle size < 30 µm high temperature -15°C bis +150°C 120°-135°-180° a.A.

output torque for double acting actuators


DR
2,5bar 3bar 3,5bar 4bar 4,2 bar 4,5bar 5bar 5,5bar 6bar 6,5bar 7bar 7,5bar 8bar
00006 3,0 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.1 5.4 6.1 6.7 7.3 7.9 8.5 9.1 9.7
00015 8.3 10 11.6 13.3 14 15 16.6 18.3 19.9 21.6 23.3 24.9 26.6
00030 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 24.6 26.4 29.3 32 35.2 38.1 41 44 46.9
00060 29.1 34.9 40.7 46.5 48.9 52.4 58.2 64 69.8 75.6 81.4 87.3 93.1
00100 45.8 54.9 64.1 73.2 76.9 82.4 91.5 101 110 120 128 138 146
00150 66.5 79.8 93.1 106 112 120 133 146 160 173 186 199 213
00220 107 129 150 172 181 193 215 236 258 279 301 322 344
00300 138 166 194 222 233 249 277 305 332 360 388 415 443
00450 217 261 304 348 365 391 435 478 522 565 609 652 696
00600 284 340 397 454 477 511 567 624 681 737 794 851 908
00900 383 459 536 613 643 689 766 842 919 996 1072 1149 1225
01200 532 638 745 851 893 957 1064 1170 1276 1383 1489 1595 1702
02000 893 1072 1251 1430 1501 1608 1787 1966 2144 2318 2502 2684 2859
03000 1297 1556 1815 2075 2179 2334 2594 2853 3112 3372 3631 3890 4150
05000 2252 2703 3153 3604 3784 4054 4504 4955 5405 5855 6306
10000 4169 5003 5837 6671 7005 7505 8339 9173 10007 10841 11674

example of layout DR900 at 5,5bar air supply -> 842Nm output torque

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. TDG4


No guarantee for accuracy.
0401e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Torque
DR/SC00015-05000

Output torque for spring return


2,5bar 3bar 3,5bar 4bar 4,2bar Federm. 4,2bar 4,5bar 5bar 5,5bar 6bar 8bar Federm.
SC F/S
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
F/S
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
2/3 4,9 3,4 6,6 5,1 8,3 6,8 9,9 8,4 10,6 9,1 4,9 3 4 8,6 6,2 9,6 7,2 11,2 8,8 12,9 10,5 14,6 12,1 7,8 5,4
3 4,3 2,5 5,9 4,1 7,6 5,8 9,3 7,4 9,9 8,1 5,8 4 4/5 7,9 5,2 8,9 6,2 10,6 7,8 12,2 9,5 13,9 11,2 20,5 17,8 8,8 6,1
00015

3/4 5,3 3,1 6,9 4,8 8,6 6,5 9,2 7,1 6,8 4,7 5 8,2 5,2 9,9 6,9 11,5 8,5 13,2 10,2 19,8 16,8 9,7 6,7
4 6,2 3,8 7,9 5,5 8,6 6,2 7,8 5,4 5/6 9,2 5,9 10,9 7,6 12,5 9,2 19,2 15,9 10,7 7,4
4/5 7,2 4,5 7,9 5,2 8,8 6,1 6 10,2 6,6 11,9 8,2 18,5 14,9 11,7 8,1
2/3 9,1 6,2 12 9,2 15 12,1 17,9 15 19,1 16,2 8,4 6 4 15,7 11,1 17,5 12,9 20,4 15,8 23,4 18,7 26,3 21,7 13,5 9
3 8 4,5 10,9 7,5 13,9 10,4 16,8 13,3 18 14,5 10,1 7 4/5 15 9,4 16,4 11,2 19,3 14,1 22,3 17,1 25,2 20 36,9 31,7 15,2 10
00030

3/4 9,8 5,8 12,8 8,7 15,7 11,6 16,9 12,8 11,8 7,8 5 15,3 9,5 18,2 12,4 21,1 15,4 24,1 18,3 35,8 30 16,9 11,1
4 11,6 7 14,6 10 15,7 11,1 13,5 9 5/6 17,1 10,8 20 13,7 23 16,6 34,7 28,3 18,6 12
4/5 13,5 8,3 14,6 9,4 15,2 10 6 18,9 12 21,9 14,9 33,6 26,7 20,2 13,3
2/3 18 11,8 23,8 17,6 29,7 23,4 35,5 29,9 37,8 31,6 17,3 11,1 4 31,2 21,2 34,7 24,7 40,5 30,5 46,3 36,8 52,1 42,1 27,7 17,7
3 15,8 8,3 21,6 14,1 27,5 19,9 33,3 25,8 35,6 28,1 20,8 13,3 4/5 29 17,7 32,5 21,2 38,3 27 44,1 32,8 49,9 38,6 73,2 61,9 31,2 19,9
00060

3/4 19,4 10,7 25,2 16,5 31,1 22,3 33,4 24,6 24,2 15,5 5 30,2 17,7 36,1 23,6 41,9 29,4 47,7 35,2 71 58,5 34,6 22,1
4 23 13 28,8 18,8 31,2 21,2 27,7 17,7 5/6 33,8 20,1 39,7 25,9 45,5 31,7 68,7 55 38,1 24,3
4/5 26,2 15,4 29 17,7 31,2 19,9 6 37,5 22,4 43,3 28,3 66,5 51,5 41,5 26,5
2/3 27,4 16,9 36,6 26 45,7 35,2 54,9 44,3 58,5 48 28,9 18,3 4 47,5 30,7 53 36,2 62,2 45,3 71,3 54,5 80,5 63,6 46,2 29,3
3 23,8 11,1 32,9 20,3 42,1 29,4 51,2 38,6 54,9 42,2 34,7 22 4/5 43,9 24,9 49,4 30,4 58,5 39,5 67,7 48,7 76,8 57,8 113 94,5 52 33
00100

3/4 29,2 14,5 38,4 23,6 47,5 32,8 51,2 36,4 40,4 25,7 5 45,7 24,6 54,8 33,8 64 42,9 73,1 52,1 110 88,7 57,8 36,7
4 34,7 17,9 43,9 27 47,5 30,7 46,2 29,3 5/6 51,2 28 60,3 37,1 69,5 46,3 106 82,9 63,5 40,3
4/5 40,2 21,2 43,9 24,9 52 33 6 56,7 31,4 65,8 40,5 102 77,1 69,3 44
2/3 41,1 27,1 54,4 40,4 67,7 53,7 81 67 86,3 72,3 39,4 25,3 4 71,1 48,7 79,1 56,6 92,4 69,9 106 83,2 119 96,5 63 40,5
3 36,1 19,2 49,4 32,5 62,7 45,8 76 59,1 81,3 64,4 47,3 30,4 4/5 66 40,8 74 48,8 87,3 62,1 101 75,3 113,9 88,6 167 142 70,9 45,6
00150

107 62,6
3/4 44,3 24,6 57,6 37,9 70,9 51,2 76,2 56,5 55,1 35,5 5 69 40,9 82,3 54,2 95,6 67,5 109 80,8 162 134 78,8 50,7
4 52,5 30 65,8 43,3 71,1 48,7 63 40,5 5/6 77,2 46,3 90,5 59,6 104 72,9 157 126 86,7 55,7
4/5 60,8 35,5 66,1 40,8 70,9 45,6 6 85,4 51,7 99 65 152 118 94,5 60,8
2/3 66,5 41,9 87,9 63,4 109 84,9 131 106 140 115 65,5 41 4 115 75,7 128 88,6 149 110 171 132 192 153 105 65,6
3 58,3 28,8 79,7 50,3 101 71,8 123 93,3 131 102 78,6 49,2 4/5 107 62,6 120 75,5 141 97 163 118 184 140 270 226 118 73,8
00220

3/4 71,5 37,2 93 59 115 80,2 123 88,8 91,7 57,4 5 111 62 133 83,9 154 105 176 127 262 213 131 82
4 84,8 45,6 106 67,1 115 75,7 105 65,6 5/6 125 71 146 92,3 168 114 254 200 144 90,2
4/5 98,1 54 107 62,6 118 73,8 6 138 79 159 101 245 187 157 98,4
2/3 86 56,1 114 83,8 141 111 169 139 180 150 82,4 52,5 4 149 101 165 117 193 145 221 173 248 201 132 84
3 75,5 39,6 103 67,3 131 95 159 123 170 134 98,9 63 4/5 138 84,3 155 101 182 129 210 156 238 184 349 295 148 94.5
00300

3/4 93 50,8 120 78,5 148 106 159 117 115 73,5 5 144 84 172 112 200 140 227 168 338 278 165 105
4 110 62 138 89,7 149 101 132 84 5/6 161 96 189 123 217 151 328 262 181 116
4/5 127 73,3 138 84,3 148 94,5 6 179 107 206 135 317 245 198 126
2/3 135 88,6 179 132 222 176 265 219 283 236 129 82.4 4 233 159 260 185 303 229 347 272 390 316 206 132
3 119 63 162 106 206 150 249 193 266 211 155 99 4/5 217 133 243 159 287 203 330 246 374 290 547 464 232 148
00450

3/4 146 80 189 124 233 167 250 185 180 115 5 227 134 270 177 314 221 357 264 531 438 258 165
4 173 98 216 142 233 159 206 132 5/6 254 151 297 195 341 238 515 412 283 181
4/5 200 116 217 133 232 148 6 281 169 324 213 498 386 309 198
2/3 171 118 228 174 285 231 342 288 364 310 166 112 4 297 211 331 245 388 302 444 358 501 415 266 180
3 149 84 206 141 262 198 319 255 342 277 199 135 4/5 275 178 309 212 365 268 422 325 479 382 706 609 299 202
00600

3/4 183 108 240 165 297 221 319 244 233 157 5 286 178 343 235 400 292 456 349 683 575 332 224
4 218 131 274 188 297 211 266 180 5/6 320 202 377 259 434 315 661 542 365 247
4/5 252 155 275 178 299 202 6 355 225 411 282 638 509 399 269
2/3 225 146 301 223 378 299 455 376 485 406 237 158 4 390 264 436 310 513 387 589 464 666 540 379 253
3 193 99 270 175 346 252 423 329 454 359 284 190 4/5 359 217 405 263 481 340 558 416 634 493 941 799 426 285
00900

3/4 238 128 315 205 391 281 422 312 332 221 5 373 216 450 292 526 369 603 445 909 752 474 316
4 283 157 360 234 390 264 379 253 5/6 418 245 495 321 571 398 877 704 521 348
4/5 328 186 359 217 426 285 6 463 274 540 351 846 657 568 379
2/3 319 217 426 323 532 430 638 536 681 578 315 213 4 553 390 617 453 723 560 830 666 936 772 504 340
3 277 154 383 260 489 367 596 473 638 515 378 255 4/5 511 327 575 390 681 497 787 603 894 709 1319 1135 567 383
01200

3/4 341 197 447 304 553 410 596 453 441 298 5 532 327 638 434 745 540 851 646 1277 1072 630 425
4 404 241 511 347 553 390 504 340 5/6 596 371 702 477 809 583 1234 1009 693 468
4/5 468 284 511 327 567 383 6 660 414 766 520 1192 946 756 510
2/3 533 372 712 551 890 730 1069 908 1141 980 521 360 4 924 667 1032 774 1210 953 1389 1132 1568 1310 834 577
3 461 268 640 447 818 625 997 804 1068 876 625 433 4/5 852 563 959 670 1138 849 1317 1028 1495 1206 2210 1921 938 649
02000

3/4 568 343 746 521 925 700 996 771 730 505 5 887 566 1066 745 1245 923 1423 1102 2138 1817 1042 721
4 674 417 853 596 924 667 834 577 5/6 994 640 1173 819 1351 998 2066 1713 1146 793
4/5 781 491 852 563 938 649 6 1101 715 1279 894 1994 1608 1251 865
2/3 751 496 1011 755 1270 1015 1529 1274 1633 1378 801 546 4 1306 897 1461 1053 1721 1312 1980 1571 2239 1831 1281 873
3 642 336 902 595 1161 854 1420 1114 1524 1217 961 655 4/5 1197 737 1352 893 1612 1152 1871 1411 2130 1671 3168 2708 1442 982
03000

3/4 793 435 1053 694 1312 954 1415 1057 1121 764 5 1245 732 1504 992 1763 1251 2023 1510 3060 2548 1602 1091
4 943 534 1202 793 1306 897 1281 873 5/6 1395 832 1654 1091 1914 1350 2951 2388 1762 1200
4/5 1093 633 1197 737 1442 982 6 1545 931 1805 1190 2842 2228 1922 1309
2/3 1332 1014 1783 1465 2233 1915 2684 2365 2864 2546 1238 920 4 2312 1803 2582 2073 3033 2524 3483 2974 3934 3424 1981 1472
3 1149 767 1599 1217 2049 1667 2500 2118 2680 2298 1486 1104 4/5 2128 1555 2398 1825 2849 2276 3299 2726 3750 3177 2229 1656
05000

3/4 1415 969 1865 1420 2316 1870 2496 2050 1733 1288 5 2215 1578 2665 2028 3115 2479 3566 2929 2476 1839
4 1682 1172 2132 1623 2312 1803 1981 1472 5/6 2481 1781 2931 2231 3382 2682 2724 2023
4/5 1948 1375 2128 1555 2229 1656 6 2748 1983 3198 2434 2971 2207
F/S springs/side recommended size SC600-5/6 at 5,5bar air supply -> 377Nm bei 0°, 259Nm bei 90°; max. spring torque 365Nm at 90°
(end cap) (symmetric) 247Nm at 0° (lower than air torque). Important for fail save closed/-opened layout

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. TDG4


No guarantee for accuracy.
0402e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Dimensions
DR/SC00015-05000

Bottom - EN 12116 4 C Type DR/SC02000


"X"

22.5
45
re

4
°
ØZ M6x10
ua

H
Sq

45°

Q1
20 20

B
Port '2' Port '4' Type DR/SC03000/05000

20
W1 W M6x10
"X"
P

L
VDI/VDE 3845
"X" T Connection I
D 22.5
A M N

20
R

) C C
O are 230
u
S ( Sq

Spigot / Drive Shaft M5xE

B
Type DR/SC03000 Type DR/SC05000
h1

G
h

205
Ød M6x12

F M N M N
00015 00030 00060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000 05000 10000
Type
DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC
ISOFlange (F03) F04 F05-07 F05-07 F05-07 F07-10 F07-10 F07-10 F10-12 F10-12 (F12) F14 (F12) F14 (F14) F16 (F14) F16 F16-25 F16-25-30
ISOFlange* F04 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16 F25 F30
Square (9) 11 (11) 14 14 (17) 17 17 (22) 22 22 (27) 27 27 (27) 36 (27) 36 (36) 46 (36) 46 (46) 55 (55) 75
T-ISO228 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
A 140.5 158.5 210.5 247.5 268.5 315 345 408.5 437.5 487 543 621 728 876 856

515**
B 69 85 102 115 127 145 157 177 196 220.5 245 298.5 330 410 525
C 59 72 84.5 97.5 111 127 136 156.5 169 190.7 213 251 298.5 383
D M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M6x10 M6x10 M6x10 M6x10
E 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
F 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 130 130 130 130 130 200
G 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50
H 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 80

min
I (25) 30 (30) 35 35 55 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 130 200 230

L 12 16 16 19 19 24 24 29 29 38 38 48 48 57 77
M 29 36 42.5 49.5 56 64 69.5 80 88 99 110 131 163.5 204 -
N 41.5 47 52 56.8 67 77 82 91.5 99 105 112 131 166 214 -
O 11 11 17 17 17 27 27 27 27 36 36 36 36 36 36
P 26.5 30 30.5 32.5 37.5 42.5 45 47 52 58 62 78.5 165 185 185
Q* (36) 42 (42) 50 50 50 70 70 70 102 102 140 140 165 165 254 298
Q1* - - 70 70 102 102 102 125 125 - - - - - -
R 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 45 45 45 45
S 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 40 40 40 40
W* M5 (M5) M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M16 M16 M20 M20 8xM16 8xM20

(A)
W1* - - M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 - - - - - -

h1 max(A)
ød f8 30 35 35 55 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 130 200 230

h min
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5
0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
øZ 40 40 40 40 40 56 (65) 56 (65) 65 65 80 (115) (80) 115 115 115 115 115

* Protection C, D, E, P only one flange (bold printed); (A) and data in brackets -> on request;

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. TDG4


No guarantee for accuracy.
0403e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Dimensions
DR/SC00015-10000 DS
(Double Square)

C ØZ
C
Ø Z1
4

h
L
Type DRSC03000 DS Port '4'
Port '2'
B

X
P

T - Connection I Detail " Y "

M N
Detail " X "
A M N

L
Detail " Y "

C
e)

M5xE
Bottom View - ISO5211 VDI/VDE 3845
ar
qu
(S

45°

e
D

Sq
r
ua
sq
D
e
bl
B

ou
Q1

45°
G

D
W
Type DRSC05000 DS

R
M6x12 Q
S
Detail " X "
W1
X

M N F
00015 00030 00060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000 05000 10000
Type
DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC DR/SC
ISOFlange (F03) F04 F05-07 F05-07 F05-07 F07-10 F07-10 F07-10 F10-12 F10-12 (F12) F14 (F12) F14 (F14) F16 (F14) F16 (F16) F25 (F25) F30
ISOFlange* F04 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16 F16 F25 F30
DSQ (9) 11 (11) 14 14 (17) 17 17 (22) 22 22 (27) 27 27 (27) 36 (27) 36 (36) 46 (36) 46 (46) 55 (55) 75
T-ISO228 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
A 140.5 158.5 210.5 247.5 268.5 315 345 408.5 437.5 487 543 621 728 876 856

515**
B 69 85 102 115 127 145 157 177 196 220.5 245 298.5 330 410 525
C 59 72 84.5 97.5 111 127 136 156.5 169 190.7 213 251 298.5 383
D M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M6x10 M6x10 M6x10 M6x10
E 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
F 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 130 130 130 130 130 200
G 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50
H 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 50 80
I (25) 30 (30) 35 35 55 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 130 200 230
L min 12 16 16 19 19 24 24 29 29 38 38 48 48 57 77
M 29 36 42.5 49.5 56 64 69.5 80 88 99 110 131 163.5 204 -
N 41.5 47 52 56.8 67 77 82 91.5 99 105 112 131 166 214 -
O 11 11 17 17 17 27 27 27 27 36 36 36 36 36 36
P 26.5 30 30.5 32.5 37.5 42.5 45 47 52 58 62 78.5 165 185 185
Q* (36) 42 (42) 50 50 50 70 70 70 102 102 140 140 165 165 254 298
Q1* - - 70 70 102 102 102 125 125 - - - - - -
R 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 45 45 45 45
S 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 40 40 40 40
W* M5 (M5) M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M16 M16 M20 M20 8xM16 8xM20
W1* - - M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 - - - - - -
ød f8 (A) 30 35 35 55 55 70 70 85 85 100 100 130 130 200 230
h1 max(A) 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5
h min 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
øZ1 13.5 13.5 21 21 21 35 35 35 35 46 46 46 46 46 46
øZ 40 40 40 40 40 56 (65) 56 (65) 65 65 80 (115) (80) 115 115 115 115 115
* Protection C, D, E, P only one flange (bold printed); (A) and data in brackets -> on request;

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. TDG4


No guarantee for accuracy.
0403DSe
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Part List
DR/SC00015-05000

30/31 17 01 06 19 13 30 18 39 03 02
21 10
04
14 50 08 11
40
42

15 16
07 20 60 41 43 12 05 09

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) 1.4301 EN 10088-3 (1)

02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506


03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
04 2 Washer (Stop Cap Screw) A2 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) Nylon 46 (4)
06  1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07  1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 (4)
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
12 2 Piston Guide Nylon 66 + 30% FG (4)
13 8/12/16 (2) Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM
16  2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 min.5/max.12 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring Alloy DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxid
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 DIN 17222 ENP
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30 1(3) Right End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe (4) UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
31 1(3) Left End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe (4) UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe (4) UNI 5075
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot EN AW 6063 (4) EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body EN AW 6063 (4) EN 573/3 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP
(1) GS400-15 type DR/SC220-5000; (2) 8 pcs. type DR/SC15-2000; 12 pcs. Type DR/SC3000; 16 pcs. DR/SC5000; (3) type DR/SC900-5000 end caps are symmetric.
 included in spare part kit;  included in high temperature kit;  included in low temperature kit (4) other materials for DR/SC5000, see page 0519e

Modifications reserved. Date 05.2008. TDG4


No guarantee for accuracy.
0404e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DA0006

M6xO M5xD

ØZ 39

P
M L

G
19

21
18
04
08a
08 16 F

13 14 45°

VK
09 Detail " X " 11

45°
10
oC

03
W
02 Q
12
11a 22
G1/8" ISO228-1
41 01 Port '4'
ØH Detail " Y " M5xE
05

h
B

I
A

S Port '2'

Detail "X" Detail "Y"

Pos. Q.ty Part description Material Protection optional Dimensions mm


01 1 Body Aluminium ALODUR A 115
02 2 Piston Polyphthalamide+GF B 94
03 2 End cap Polyphthalamide+GF C 45
04 1 Drive shaft Steel alloy Nickel plat. S.S. D 7
05* 2 Bearing (Piston back) Nylon 46 E 4.5
08* 1 Thrust bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 F 50
08a* 1 Thrust washer Stainless steel G 25
09* 2 Plug NBR FPM - Silicon H 20
10 2 Screw (Ext.stroke adjustm.) Stainless steel I min 10
11 2 O-ring (Screw seal) NBR FPM - Silicon L 4
11a 2 Washer Stainless steel M 4.5
12 2 Nut (Stop adjustment) Stainless steel N 11
13 8 Cap screw (End cap) Stainless steel O 12
14* 2 O-ring (End cap) NBR FPM - Silicon P 20
16* 2 O-ring (Piston) NBR FPM - Silicon Q 36
18 1 Spring clip (Pinion) Spring steel Nickel plat. S.S R 12
19 1 Position indicator Polypropylene+GF S 16
21* 1 O-ring (Pinion top) NBR FPM - Silicon W M5x8
22 1 O-ring (Pinion bottom) NBR FPM - Silicon Z 40
39 1 Cap screw (Indicator) Stainless steel VK 9
41 1 Label Polyester Aluminium h min 0.5
ISO Flange F03

torque for DR06 (double acting)


Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar
DR06 3,0 3,6 4,2 4,8 5,1 5,4 6,1 6,7 7,3 8,5 9,7

chamber air volume (L) travel time (sec.) (A) weight


Ø mm opening closing opening closing kg
32 0,04 0,04 0,15 0,15 0,45
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room
Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°, (3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4)
Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure 5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external
resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time
will be different. (B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please
contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DA0006


No guarantee for accuracy.
0501e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00010

Standard flange: F04


53
Available flange: F03

4x4
G1/8" ISO228 -1 Ø 40 Flange Dimensions
ISO 5211 F03 F04
Port '2' Port '4' d2 f8 - 30

20
15

d3 36 42
d4 M5x8 M5x8
I - 30
Akt. 9 11
L min. 10 12
4 h min. 0.5 0.5

66
16

h1 - 1.5
Pressure Conn. B1
16

AA 0

33
Anc. Attachment
2 25

h1
12 12 I
M5x8
118 26.5 35.5
Ød2 f8

h
F04
M
5x

M6x12
8

kt Double square
A
d4
ROTATION
45°

+4° - only for actuator with external stroke adj.


d3
11

+1° - for standard actuator


re

25
ua

90°
Sq

H
45°

stroke

50 0°
-0.5°

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 6,0 7,2 8,4 9,6 10,1 10,8 12,0 13,2 14,4 16,8 19,1 - 0,75

End Start

SC 4 4,9 2,0 6,1 3,2 6,6 3,7 7,3 4,4 6,4 3,5 0,88

SC 5 6,6 2,8 7,8 4,0 9,0 5,2 10,2 6,4 8,0 4,2 0,89

SC 6 8,2 3,6 9,4 4,8 11,8 7,2 14,1 9,5 9,6 5,0 0,90

Max. Rotation Screw Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (B) Operating temperature (C)

Pressure (A) adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° on request DR 0,15 DR 0,20 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 45 0,06 0,10
(-0,5° / +1°) for OPEN SC 0,20 SC 0,25 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) Rotation for standard actuator: 91,5°, +1° in OPEN position (CCW for standard) and -0,5° in CLOSE position (CW for standard), rotation for actuator with
external stroke adjustment: 94,5°, 90° +4° adjustable in OPEN position (CCW for Standard) and -0,5° in CLOSE position (CW for standard).
(B) The above indicated moving time of the actuator are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room temperatur, (2) actuator stroke90°, (3) solenoid
valvewith Ø 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) inside pipe Ø 8 mm, (5) medium clean air, (6) air supply pressure 5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) actuator
without external resistance load.
Attention: obviosly on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(C) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special lubricant is requested.

Operating Medium:
The operating medium must be free of dust and oil. The maximum particle size must not exceed 30µm (ISO 8573 Part1, Class5). In order to prevent water
condensation and/or solidification (ice, when actuator work below 0°C), the operating medium must have a dew point equal to –20°C or at least 10°C
below the ambient temperature (ISO 8573 Part1, Class3).

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00010


No guarantee for accuracy.
0502e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00015

ØZ Standard flange: F04


Available flange: F03
4x4 59

Flange Dimensions
20

EN 12116 F03 F04


d2 f8 25 30
Q1 36 42
W1 M5x8 M5x8
I 25 30
Port '2' M5x8

69
Port '4'
Square 9 11
16 16

L min. 10 12
26.5

h min. 0.5 0.5


h1 1,5 1,5

L
12 12 G1/8" ISO228 -1 I Pressure Connection PC 1
Ancillaries Attachment AA 1
140.5 29 41.5

h1
45
°
re

h
M5x4
ua
Sq
11

Ød f8

45°
30

Q1 W1

h1
M6x12

h
80 Ød f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 8,3 10 11,6 13,3 14 15 16,6 18,3 19,9 23,3 26,6 - 1,0

End Start

SC 2/3 4,9 3,4 6,6 5,1 8,3 6,8 9,9 8,4 10,6 9,1 11,6 10,1 13,2 11,7 14,9 16,6 19,9 23,2 4,9 3,4 1,0
SC 3 4,3 2,5 5,9 4,1 7,6 5,8 9,3 7,4 9,9 8,1 10,9 9,1 12,6 10,8 14,2 12,4 15,9 19,2 22,5 5,8 4 1,0
SC 3/4 3,6 5,3 3,1 6,9 4,8 8,6 6,5 9,2 7,1 10,2 8,1 11,9 9,8 13,6 11,5 15,2 13,1 18,5 21,9 6,8 4,7 1,0
SC 4 4,6 6,2 3,8 7,9 5,5 8,6 6,2 9,6 7,2 11,2 8,8 12,9 10,5 14,6 12,1 17,9 15,5 21,2 7,8 5,4 1,0
SC 4/5 3,9 5,6 7,2 4,5 7,9 5,2 8,9 6,2 10,6 7,8 12,2 9,5 13,9 11,2 17,2 14,5 20,5 17,8 8,8 6,1 1,0
SC 5 4,9 6,6 6,4 8,2 5,2 9,9 6,9 11,5 8,5 13,2 10,2 16,5 13,5 19,8 16,8 9,7 6,7 1,0
SC 5/6 5,9 5,8 7,5 9,2 5,9 10,9 7,6 12,5 9,2 15,9 12,5 19,2 15,9 10,7 7,4 1,1
SC 6 6,9 8,5 10,2 6,6 11,9 8,2 15,2 11,6 18,5 14,9 11,7 8,1 1,1

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,2 DR 0,3 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 50 0,1 0,2
at 0° and 90° 1/6 turn SC 0,3 SC 0,3 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00015


No guarantee for accuracy.
0503e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00030

ØZ Standard flange: F05+F07


Available flange: F04
4x4 72

Flange Dimensions
20

EN 12116 F04 F05 F07


d2 f8 30 35 -
Q1 42 50 70
W1 M5x8 M6x9 M8x12
I 30 35 35
Port '2'

85
Port '4'
Square 11 14 17
16 16

L min. 12 16 19
h min. 0,5 0,5 1,5
30

h1 2 2 -

L
12 12 G1/8" ISO228 -1 Pressure Connection PC 1
I
Ancillaries Attachment AA 1
158.5 36 47

h1
45
°
re

h
M5x8
ua
Sq

Ød2 f8
11

45°
30

Q1 W1

h1
M6x12

h
80 Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 14,7 18 20,5 23,5 25 26 29,3 32,0 35,2 41,0 46,9 - 1,6

End Start

SC 2/3 9,1 6,2 12,0 9,2 15,0 12,1 17,9 15,0 19,1 16,2 20,8 17,9 23,8 20,9 26,7 35,5 41,4 8,4 5,5 1,6

SC 3 8,0 4,5 10,9 7,5 13,9 10,4 16,8 13,3 17,0 18,0 19,7 16,3 22,7 19,2 25,6 22,1 34,4 40,2 10,1 7 1,6

SC 3/4 6,9 9,8 5,8 12,8 8,7 15,7 11,6 16,9 12,8 18,6 14,6 21,5 17,5 24,5 20,4 27,4 23,4 33,3 39,1 11,8 7,8 1,6

SC 4 8,7 11,6 7,0 14,6 10,0 15,7 11,1 17,5 12,9 20,4 15,8 23,4 18,7 26,3 21,7 32,2 27,5 38,0 13,5 8,9 1,6

SC 4/5 7,6 10,5 13,5 8,3 14,6 9,4 16,4 11,2 19,3 14,1 22,3 17,1 25,2 20,0 31,1 25,9 36,9 31,7 15,2 10,0 1,7

SC 5 9,4 12,4 15,3 15,3 9,5 18,2 12,4 21,1 15,4 24,1 18,3 29,9 24,2 35,8 30,0 16,9 11,1 1,7

SC 5/6 11,2 11,2 14,2 17,1 10,8 20,0 13,7 22,0 16,6 28,8 22,5 34,7 28,3 18,6 12,2 1,7

SC 6 13,1 15,0 18,9 12,0 21,9 14,9 27,7 20,8 33,6 26,7 20,2 13,3 1,7

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,3 DR 0,3 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 63 0,2 0,3
at 0° and 90° 1/6 turn SC 0,3 SC 0,4 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00030


No guarantee for accuracy.
0504e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00060

ØZ
Standard flange: F05+F07
4x4 84.5 Available flange: F05

Flange Dimensions
20

EN 12116 F05 F07


d2 f8 35 NA
Q1 50 70
W1 M6x9 M8x12
M5x8

102
I 35 35
Port '2' Port '4' Square 14 17
16 16

L min. 16 19
30.5

h min. 1,5 1,5

L
h1 2 -
12 12 G1/8" ISO228 -1 I Pressure Connection PC 1

42.5 52 Ancillaries Attachment AA 1


210.5

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
17

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1 Spigot optional
W1
M6x12

80

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 29,1 35 40,7 46,5 49 52 58,2 64 69,8 81,4 93,1 - 2,7

End Start

SC 2/3 18,0 11,8 23,8 17,6 29,7 23,4 35,5 29,2 37,8 31,6 41,3 35,0 47,1 40,9 52,9 70,4 82,0 17,3 11,1 2,9

SC 3 15,8 8,3 21,6 14,1 27,5 19,9 33,3 25,8 35,6 28,1 39,1 31,6 44,9 37,4 50,7 43,2 68,2 79,8 20,8 13 2,9

SC 3/4 13,6 19,4 10,7 25,2 16,5 31,1 22,3 33,4 24,6 36,9 28,1 42,7 33,9 48,5 39,8 54,3 45,6 65,0 77,6 24,2 15,5 2,9

SC 4 17,2 23,0 13,0 28,8 18,8 31,2 21,2 34,7 24,7 40,5 30,5 46,3 36,3 52,1 42,1 63,7 53,7 75,4 27,7 17,7 3,0

SC 4/5 15,0 20,8 26,6 15,4 28,0 17,7 32,5 21,2 38,3 27,0 44,1 32,8 49,9 38,6 61,5 50,3 73,2 61,9 31,2 19,9 3,0

SC 5 18,6 24,4 26,8 30,2 17,7 36,1 23,6 41,9 29,4 47,7 35,2 59,3 46,8 71,0 58,5 34,6 22,1 3,1

SC 5/6 22,2 24,7 28,0 33,8 20,1 39,7 25,9 45,5 31,7 57,1 43,4 68,7 55,0 38,1 24,3 3,1

SC 6 25,8 31,6 37,5 22,4 43,3 28,3 54,9 39,9 66,5 51,5 41,5 26,5 3,2

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,3 DR 0,4 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 75 0,3 0,5
at 0° and 90° 1/6 turn SC 0,4 SC 0,5 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00060


No guarantee for accuracy.
0505e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00100

ØZ Standard flange: F05+F07


Available flange: F07
4x4 97.5

Flange Dimensions
20

EN 12116 F05 F07


d2 f8 NA 55
Q1 50 70
W1 M6x9 M8x12

M5x8 I 40 55

115
Port '2' Port '4' Square 17 17
16 16

L min. 19 19
32.5

h min. 1,5 1,5

L
h1 - 2

12 12 G1/8" ISO228 -1 I Pressure Connection PC 1


Ancillaries Attachment AA 1
247.5 49.5 56.8

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
17

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1 Spigot optional
W1
M6x12

80

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 46 55 64 73 77 82 92 101 110 128 146 - 3,8

End Start

SC 2/3 27,4 16,9 36,6 26,0 45,7 35,2 54,9 44,3 58,5 48,0 64,0 53,5 73,2 62,6 82,3 91,5 109,8 128,1 28,9 18,3 4,0

SC 3 23,8 11,1 32,9 20,3 42,1 29,4 51,2 38,6 54,9 42,2 60,4 47,7 69,5 56,9 78,7 66,0 87,8 106,1 124,4 34,7 22 4,1

SC 3/4 20,1 29,2 14,5 38,4 23,6 47,5 32,8 51,2 36,4 56,7 41,9 65,8 51,1 74,0 60,2 84,2 69,4 102,5 120,8 40,4 25,7 4,2

SC 4 25,6 34,7 17,9 43,9 27,0 47,5 30,7 53,0 36,2 62,2 45,3 71,3 54,5 80,5 63,6 98,8 81,9 117,1 46,2 29,3 4,2

SC 4/5 21,9 31,1 40,2 21,2 43,9 24,9 49,4 30,4 58,5 39,5 67,7 48,7 76,8 57,8 95,1 76,1 113,4 94,5 51,0 33 4,2

SC 5 27,4 36,5 41,7 45,7 24,6 54,8 33,8 63,0 42,9 73,1 52,1 91,5 70,4 109,8 88,7 57,8 36,7 4,3

SC 5/6 32,9 38,7 42,0 51,2 28,0 60,3 37,1 69,5 46,3 87,8 64,6 106,1 82,9 63,5 40,3 4,3

SC 6 38,4 47,5 56,7 31,4 65,8 40,5 84,1 58,8 102,4 77,1 69,3 44 4,4

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,4 DR 0,5 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 88 0,5 0,8
at 0° and 90° 1/5 turn SC 0,5 SC 0,6 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. DRSC00100


No guarantee for accuracy.
0506e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00150

ØZ Standard flange: F07+F10


Available flange: F07 / F05+F07
4x4 111

Flange Dimensions
20

EN 12116 F05 F07 F10


d2 f8 NA 55 NA
Q1 50 70 102
W1 M6x9 M8x12 M10x15
I 40 55 55

127
M5x8
Square 17 17 22
Port '2' Port '4'
L min. 19 19 24
16 16

h min. 1,5 1,5 1,5


37.5

h1 - 2 -

L
Pressure Connection PC 2
12 12 G1/4" ISO228 -1 I Ancillaries Attachment AA 1
268.5 56 67

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
17

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1 Spigot optional
W1
M6x12

80

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 66,5 80 93,1 106 112 120 133 146 160 186 213 - 5,4

End Start

SC 2/3 41,1 27,1 54,4 40,4 67,7 53,7 81,0 67,0 86,3 72,3 94,3 80,3 107,6 93,6 120,9 134,2 160,8 187,4 39,4 25,3 5,9

SC 3 36,1 19,2 49,4 32,5 62,7 45,8 75,0 59,1 81,3 64,4 89,3 72,4 102,5 85,7 115,8 99,0 129,1 155,7 182,3 47,3 30,0 5,9

SC 3/4 31,0 44,3 24,6 57,6 37,9 70,9 51,2 76,2 56,5 84,2 64,5 97,5 77,8 110,8 91,1 124,1 104,4 150,7 177,2 55,1 35,5 6,0

SC 4 39,2 52,5 30,0 65,8 43,3 71,1 48,7 79,1 56,6 92,4 69,9 105,7 83,2 119,0 96,5 145,6 123,1 172,2 63,0 40,5 6,1

SC 4/5 34,2 47,5 60,8 35,5 66,1 40,8 74,0 48,8 87,3 62,1 100,6 75,3 113,9 88,6 140,5 115,2 167,1 141,8 70,9 45,6 6,2

SC 5 42,4 55,7 63,1 69,0 40,9 82,3 54,2 95,6 67,5 108,9 80,8 135,5 107,4 162,0 133,9 78,8 50,7 6,3

SC 5/6 50,6 58,3 63,9 77,2 46,3 90,5 59,6 103,8 72,9 130,4 99,5 156,0 126,1 86,7 55,7 6,3

SC 6 58,8 72,1 85,4 51,7 98,7 65,0 125,3 91,6 151,9 118,2 94,5 60,8 6,5

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,5 DR 0,6 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 100 0,7 1,1
at 0° and 90° 1/5 turn SC 0,7 SC 0,9 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00150


No guarantee for accuracy.
0507e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00220

Standard flange: F07+F10


ØZ Std. 56
Available flange: F10
4x4 127
Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F07 F10
30

d2 f8 55 70
Q1 70 102
W1 M8x12 M10x15
I 55 70
Square 17 22

145
M5x8
Port '2' Port '4' L min. 19 24
16 16

h min. 1,5 1,5


42.5

h1 2,5 2
Position Indicator Z=56*

L
Pressure Connection PC 2
12 12 G1/4" ISO228 -1 I
Ancillaries Attachment AA 2
315 64 77 *for open mounting Z = 65

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
27

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1
W1

h1
M6x12

80 h Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 107 129 150 172 181 193 215 236 258 301 344 - 8.4

End Start

SC 2/3 66,5 41,9 87,9 63,4 109,4 84,9 131 106,4 140 115,0 152 127,9 174 149,4 195 216,9 259,9 302,9 65,5 41,0 9,0

SC 3 58,3 28,8 79,7 50,3 101,2 71,8 122 93,3 131 101,9 144 114,8 166 136,3 187 157,8 208,7 251,7 294,7 78,6 49,2 9,1

SC 3/4 50,1 71,5 37,2 93,0 58,7 115 80,2 123 88,8 136 101,7 158 123,3 179 144,7 200 166,2 243,5 286,5 91,7 57,4 9,2

SC 4 63,3 84,8 45,6 106 67,1 115 75,7 128 88,6 149 110,1 171 131,6 192 153,1 235,3 196,0 278,3 105 65,6 9,4

SC 4/5 55,1 76,6 98 54,0 107 62,6 120 75,5 141 97,0 163 118,5 184 140,0 227,1 182,9 270,1 225,9 118 73,8 9,5

SC 5 68,4 89,9 98 111 62,4 133 83,9 154 105,4 176 126,9 218,9 169,8 261,9 212,8 131 82,0 9,6

SC 5/6 81,7 90 103 125 70,8 146 92,3 168 113,8 210,7 156,7 253,7 199,7 144 90,2 9,7

SC 6 95 116 138 79,2 159 100,7 202,5 186,6 245,5 186,6 157 98,4 9,8

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,7 DR 0,8 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 115 1,2 1,8
at 0° and 90° 1/5 turn SC 0,9 SC 1,1 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00220


No guarantee for accuracy.
0508e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00300

Standard flange: F07+F10


ØZ Std. 56
Available flange: F10
4x4 136
Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F07 F10
30

d2 f8 55 70
Q1 70 102
W1 M8x12 M10x15
I 55 70
Square 22 22 27

157
M5x8
Port '2' Port '4' L min. 19 24 29
16 16

h min. 1,5 1,5


h1 2,5 2
45

Position Indicator Z=56*

L
Pressure Connection PC 2
12 12 G1/4" ISO228 -1 I
Ancillaries Attachment AA 2
345 69.5 82 *for open mounting Z = 65

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
27

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1
W1

h1
M6x12

h
80 Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 138 166 194 222 233 249 277 305 332 388 443 - 10.2

End Start

SC 2/3 85 56 113 84 141 111 169 139 180 150 197 167 224 195 252 279 335 390 82 53 11,2

SC 3 75 40 103 67 130 67 159 123 170 134 186 150 214 178 242 206 269 324 380 99 63 11,4

SC 3/4 64 92 51 120 79 148 106 159 117 176 134 203 162 231 189 259 217 314 369 115 74 11,6

SC 4 82 109 62 138 90 149 101 165 117 193 145 221 173 248 201 304 256 359 131 84 11,8

SC 4/5 71 99 127 73 138 84 155 101 182 129 211 156 238 184 293 239 349 295 148 95 12,0

SC 5 88 116 127 144 84 171 112 200 140 227 168 283 223 338 278 165 105 12,2

SC 5/6 106 117 133 161 96 189 123 217 151 272 206 328 262 181 116 12,4

SC 6 123 150 179 107 206 135 262 190 317 245 198 126 12,6

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 0,9 DR 1,1 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 125 1,5 2,3
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 1,2 SC 1,4 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00300


No guarantee for accuracy.
0509e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00450

ØZ Std. 65 Standard flange: F10+F12


Available flange: F12
4x4 156.5
Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F10 F12
30

d2 f8 70 85
Q1 102 125
W1 M10x15 M12x18
I 70 85

177
M5x8 Square 27 27
Port '2' Port '4' L min. 29 29
16 16

h min. 1,5 1,5


47

h1 3 2

L
Position Indicator Z=65
12 12 G1/4" ISO228 -1 I Pressure Connection PC 2

80 91.5 Ancillaries Attachment AA 2


408.5

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
27

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1
W1

h1
M6x12

80 h Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 217 261 304 348 365 391 435 478 522 609 696 - 14.5

End Start

SC 2/3 135 89 178 132 222 176 265 219 283 236 309 262 352 306 395 439 526 613 128 82 16,0

SC 3 118 63 162 106 205 150 249 193 266 211 293 237 336 280 379 324 422 509 596 154 99 16,3

SC 3/4 102 145 80 189 124 233 167 250 185 276 211 320 254 363 298 406 341 493 580 180 115 16,6

SC 4 129 173 98 216 142 233 159 260 185 303 229 347 272 390 316 477 403 563 206 132 16,9

SC 4/5 112 156 200 116 217 134 243 159 287 203 330 246 374 290 460 377 547 464 232 148 17,2

SC 5 139 183 200 227 134 270 177 314 221 357 264 444 351 531 438 258 165 17,5

SC 5/6 166 184 210 254 151 297 195 341 238 428 325 515 412 283 181 17,8

SC 6 193 237 281 169 324 213 411 299 498 386 309 198 18,1

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 1,2 DR 1,4 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 145 2,4 3,8
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 1,5 SC 1,8 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00450


No guarantee for accuracy.
0510e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00600

ØZ Std. 65 Standard flange: F10+F12


4x4 169 Available flange: F12

Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F10 F12
30

d2 f8 70 85
Q1 102 125
W1 M10x15 M12x18
I 70 85

196
M5x8 Square 27 27
Port '2' Port '4'
L min. 29 29
16 16

h min. 1,5 1,5


52

h1 3 2

L
Position Indicator Z=65
12 12 G1/4" ISO228 -1 I Pressure Connection PC 2

88 99 Ancillaries Attachment AA 2
437.5

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
27

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1
W1

h1
M6x12

80 h Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 284 340 397 454 477 511 567 624 681 794 908 - 19.8

End Start

SC 2/3 171 118 228 174 285 231 342 288 364 310 398 344 455 401 511 568 681 795 166 112 21,6

SC 3 149 84 206 141 262 198 319 255 342 277 376 311 433 368 489 425 546 659 772 199 135 21,9

SC 3/4 126 183 108 240 165 297 221 319 244 353 278 410 335 467 391 524 448 637 750 233 157 22,3

SC 4 160 218 131 274 188 297 211 331 245 388 302 444 358 501 415 615 528 728 266 180 22,6

SC 4/5 138 195 252 155 275 178 309 212 365 268 422 325 479 382 592 495 706 609 299 202 23,0

SC 5 172 229 252 286 178 343 235 400 292 456 349 570 462 683 575 332 224 23,3

SC 5/6 206 229 308 320 202 377 259 434 315 547 429 661 542 365 247 23,7

SC 6 241 297 355 225 411 282 525 396 638 509 399 269 24,0

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 1,5 DR 1,7 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silicon "O"-Ring
8 bar 160 3,1 4,9
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 1,8 SC 2,1 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with Orifice Of 4 mm and a flow capacity Qn 400 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 8 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00600


No guarantee for accuracy.
0511e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC00900

ØZ Std. 80 Standard flange: F14


Available flange: F12
4x4 190.7
Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F12 F14
50

d2 f8 85 100
Q1 125 140
W1 M12x18 M16x24
I 85 100

220.5
M5x8 Square 27 36
Port '2' Port '4' L min. 29 38
16 16

h min. 2 2
58

h1 2 3

L
Position Indicator Z=80*
Pressure Connection PC 2
12 12 G1/4" ISO228 -1 I
Ancillaries Attachment AA 4
487 99 105
*for open mounting Z = 115

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
36

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1 Spigot optional
W1
M6x12

130

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 383 459 536 613 643 689 766 842 919 1072 1225 - 25

End Start

SC 2/3 225 146 301 223 378 299 455 376 485 406 531 452 608 529 684 760 914 1067 237 158 27,8

SC 3 193 99 270 175 346 252 423 329 454 359 500 405 576 482 653 558 729 882 1035 284 190 28,3

SC 3/4 238 128 315 205 391 281 422 312 468 358 544 434 621 511 698 587 850 1003 332 221 28,9

SC 4 283 157 360 234 390 264 436 310 513 387 589 464 666 540 819 693 972 379 253 29,4

SC 4/5 328 186 359 217 405 263 481 340 558 416 634 493 788 646 941 799 426 285 29,9

SC 5 373 216 450 292 526 369 603 445 756 599 909 752 474 316 30,5

SC 5/6 418 245 495 321 571 398 724 551 877 704 521 348 31,1

SC 6 463 274 540 351 693 504 846 657 568 379 31,6

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 2,0 DR 2,2 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 180 4,3 6,9
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 2,4 SC 2,8 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC00900


No guarantee for accuracy.
0512e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC01200

ØZ Std. 80 Standard flange: F14


4x4 Available flange: F12
213
Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F12 F14
50

d2 f8 85 100
Q1 125 140
W1 M12x18 M16x24
I 85 100
Square 27 36

245
M5x8
Port '2' Port '4' L min. 29 38
16 16

h min. 2 2
62

h1 2 3

L
Position Indicator Z=80*
G1/4" ISO228 -1 Pressure Connection PC 2
12 12 I
Ancillaries Attachment AA 4
543 110 112
*for open mounting Z = 115

h1
45
°
re

h
ua

M5x8
36

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

d3
d4

h1
M6x12

130 h Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 532 638 745 851 893 957 1064 1170 1276 1489 1702 - 35.5

End Start

SC 2/3 319 217 426 323 532 430 638 536 681 578 745 642 851 749 957 1063 1276 1489 315 213 39,5

SC 3 277 154 383 260 489 367 596 473 638 515 702 579 808 686 915 792 1021 1233 1446 378 255 40,3

SC 3/4 234 341 197 447 304 553 410 596 453 660 516 766 623 872 729 979 835 1191 1404 441 298 41,1

SC 4 297 404 241 511 347 553 390 617 453 723 560 830 666 936 772 1149 985 1361 504 340 41,9

SC 4/5 255 361 468 284 511 327 575 390 681 497 787 603 894 709 1106 922 1319 1135 567 383 42,7

SC 5 319 425 468 532 327 638 434 745 540 851 646 1064 859 1276 1072 630 425 43,5

SC 5/6 383 425 489 596 371 702 477 809 583 1021 796 1234 1009 693 468 44,3

SC 6 446 553 660 414 766 520 979 733 1191 946 756 510 45,1

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 2,7 DR 3,2 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 200 5,9 9,5
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 3,5 SC 4,0 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC01200


No guarantee for accuracy.
0513e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC02000

ØZ Std. 115 Standard flange: F16


4x4 251 Available flange: F14

Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F16 F14
50

d2 f8 130 100
Q1 165 140
W1 M20x30 M16x24
I 130 100
22.5

298.5
Square 46 36
M6x10
Port '2' L min. 48 38
Port '4'
h min. 2,5 2,5
22.5
78.5

h1 4 4
Position Indicator Z=115

L
Pressure Connection PC 3
20 20 G3/8" ISO228 -1 I Ancillaries Attachment AA 4

621 131 131

h1
45
°
re

h
ua
36

M5x8
Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

Q1
W1

h1
M6x12

130 h Ød2 f8

Spigot optional

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 893 1072 1251 1430 1501 1608 1787 1966 2144 2502 2859 - 53

End Start

SC 2/3 533 372 712 551 890 730 1069 908 1141 980 1248 1087 1426 1266 1605 1783 2141 2498 521 360 54,4

SC 3 461 268 640 447 818 625 997 804 1068 876 1175 983 1354 1162 1533 1340 1711 2069 2426 625 433 55,8

SC 3/4 388 568 343 746 521 925 700 996 771 1104 879 1282 1057 1461 1236 1640 1415 1997 2354 730 505 57,2

SC 4 495 674 417 853 596 924 667 1032 774 1210 953 1389 1132 1568 1310 1925 1668 2282 834 577 58,6

SC 4/5 423 602 781 491 852 563 959 670 1138 849 1317 1028 1495 1206 1853 1564 2210 1921 938 649 60,0

SC 5 529 708 780 887 566 1066 745 1245 923 1423 1102 1781 1459 2138 1817 1042 721 61,4

SC 5/6 636 708 815 994 640 1173 819 1351 998 1709 1355 2066 1713 1146 793 62,8

SC 6 743 921 1101 715 1279 894 1637 1251 1994 1608 1251 865 64,2

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 3,5 DR 4,0 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 240 10,0 15,2
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 4,1 SC 4,6 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC02000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0514e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC03000

ØZ Std. 115 Standard flange: F16


298.5
4x4
Available flange: F14

Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F16 F14
50

d2 f8 130 100
Q1 165 140

M6x10
Port '2'
W1 M20x30 M16x24
I 130 100
Port '4'
20 20

330
Square 46 36
L min. 48 38
22.5 22.5 h min. 2,5 2,5
165

h1 4 4

L
Z=115
G1/2" ISO228 -1
Position Indicator

I
Pressure Connection PC 4

728 163.5 166


Ancillaries Attachment AA 4

45
M5x8 °

h1
re

h
ua
36

Sq

Ød2 f8

45°
30

M6x12
Q1
W1 Spigot optional

130

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 1297 1556 1815 2075 2179 2334 2594 2853 3112 3631 4150 - 83

End Start

SC 2/3 751 496 1011 755 1270 1015 1529 1274 1633 1378 1789 1533 2048 1793 2307 2566 3085 3604 801 546 91,0

SC 3 642 336 902 595 1161 854 1420 1114 1524 1217 1680 1373 1938 1632 2198 1892 2457 2976 3495 961 655 92,6

SC 3/4 533 792 435 1052 694 1311 954 1415 1057 1570 1213 1830 1472 2089 1732 2348 1991 2867 3385 1121 764 94,2

SC 4 683 943 534 1202 793 1306 897 1461 1053 1721 1312 1980 1571 2239 1831 2758 2350 3276 1281 873 95,8

SC 4/5 574 833 1093 633 1197 737 1352 893 1612 1152 1871 1411 2130 1671 2649 2189 3168 2708 1442 982 97,4

SC 5 724 983 1087 1243 732 1503 992 1761 1251 2021 1510 2540 2029 3059 2548 1602 1091 99,0

SC 5/6 874 978 1134 1393 832 1653 1091 1912 1350 2431 1869 2950 2388 1762 1200 100,6

SC 6 1024 1284 1544 931 1803 1190 2322 1709 2840 2228 1922 1309 102,2

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 4,0 DR 4,5 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 265 14,5 21,4
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 4,5 SC 5,0 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DRSC03000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0515e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC04000

ØZ Std. 115
Standard flange: F16
Available flange: F25 / F16+F25
4x4
185.5
Flange Dimensions
PORT '2' EN 12116 F16 F25 F16+F25

50
d2 f8 130 200 NA

PORT '4'
Q1 165 254 165 254
45

M20x30 (F16)
G1/2" ISO228 -1
40
W1 M20x30 M16x24 M16x24 (F25)
M6x10 I 130 200 NA

383
Square 46 55 46 55
311

L min. 48 57 48 57
h min. 2,5 2,5 2,5

L
I
h1 5 4 NA

812 Approx. Ø320


Position Indicator Z=115
Pressure Connection PC 4
371
AA 4
Flange Optional
Ancillaries Attachment

only for F25 or F16+F25


Spigot available

h1
only on request

h
Ød2 f8
F16 and F25
F16 + F25 (optional) F25 (optional)
45° 45° F16
re
re

W1
ua
ua

M5x8

re
Sq

ua
Sq
36

Sq
45°
45°

M6x12 Q1 W1 Q1
30

130
Q1

45°
W1 45°
22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5°

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 1795 2154 2513 2872 3015 3231 3590 3949 4308 5026 5744 - 123

End Start

SC 2/3 1064 703 1423 1062 1782 1421 2141 1780 2284 1924 2500 2139 2859 2498 - 1092 731 136

SC 3 918 485 1277 844 1636 1203 1995 1562 2138 1706 2354 1921 2713 2280 3072 2639 - 1310 877 139

SC 3/4 1131 626 1489 985 1848 1344 1992 1487 2207 2321 2566 2062 2925 2421 3284 2780 - 1528 1023 142

SC 4 1343 766 1702 1125 1846 1269 2061 1484 2420 1843 2779 2202 3138 2561 3856 3279 - 1746 1170 144

SC 4/5 1556 907 1700 1051 1915 1266 2274 1625 2633 1984 2992 2343 3710 3061 4428 3779 1965 1316 147

SC 5 1769 1048 2128 1407 2487 1766 2846 2125 3564 2843 4282 3560 2183 1462 150

SC 5/6 1982 1188 2341 1547 2700 1906 3418 2624 4135 3342 2401 1608 152

SC 6 2194 1329 2553 1688 3271 2406 3989 3124 2620 1754 155

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 5,0 DR 6,0 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 300 20 33
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 6,0 SC 7,0 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC04000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0516e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC05000

Standard flange: F16+F25


383 Available flange: F16
ØZ Std. 115
4x4 230 Flange Dimensions
EN 12116 F16+F25 F16
50

d2 f8 200 130
Q1 254 165
W1 M16x24 M16x24
I 200 130
M6x10

410
PORT '4'
Vierkant 55 46
20

L min. 57 58
PORT '2'
h min. 2,5 2,5
20

205
22.5 h1 4 4
185

Position Indicator Z=115

L
Pressure Connection PC 4
I Ancillaries Attachment AA 4
G1/2" ISO228 -1
876 204 214

45

h1
°
re
ua
36

M5x8

h
Sq

45°
Ød2 f8

M6x12 W1
30

130 Q1 Spigot optional

22.5° 22.5°

TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 2252 2703 3153 3604 3784 4054 4504 4955 5405 6306 - 134

End Start

SC 2/3 1332 1014 1783 1465 2233 1915 2684 2365 2864 2546 3134 2816 3585 3266 - 1238 920 148

SC 3 1149 767 1599 1217 2049 1667 2500 2118 2680 2298 2950 2568 3401 3019 3851 3469 - 1486 1104 151

SC 3/4 1415 969 1865 1420 2316 1870 2496 2050 2766 2321 3217 2771 3667 3222 4118 3672 - 1733 1288 154

SC 4 1682 1172 2132 1623 2312 1803 2582 2073 3033 2524 3483 2974 3934 3424 4837 3993 - 1981 1472 157

SC 4/5 1948 1375 2128 1555 2398 1825 2849 2276 3299 2726 3750 3177 4648 3698 - 2229 1656 160

SC 5 2215 1578 2665 2028 3115 2479 3566 2929 4458 3403 - 2476 1839 163

SC 5/6 2481 1781 2931 2231 3382 2682 4269 3107 - 2724 2023 166

SC 6 2748 1983 3198 2434 4079 2812 - 2971 2207 169

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 6,0 DR 7,0 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring
8 bar 330 25 40
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 7,5 SC 8,5 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C
Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0517e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Technical Data
DR/SC10000

Standard Flansch: F16+F25+F30


Mögliche Flansche: F30

ØZ Std. 115 4x4 560 Maße Flansch


Adapter Plate for AA4 ISO 5211 F30 F16+F25+F30
d2 f8 230 200(F25)
80

Port '4' d3 298 298


d3A - 254
d3B - 165
d4 M20x30 M20x30
M6x10
d4A - M16x24
d4B - M20x30

600
I 230 200
20

Akt 75 75 / 55
L min. 77 77 / 57
20

h min. 0,5 2,5


h1 2 4

258
237

Stellungsanzeige Z=115
22.5
AA5
Luftanschluss B4

L
Zubehöranschluss AA4 - a.A mit
Port '2' Adapterplatte
45 I
G1/2" ISO228 -1

kt
d4
950

A
250 275

d4
F16 + F25 + F30

Akt
M6x10 d4A
36

kt
A

d4B
d3
50

22,5° 22,5°
Akt

h1
M6x12

h
Spigot optional
d3B
d3A 45°
Integral Ød2 f8
d3
200
22,5° 22,5° Spigot F30
Double Square 45°
TYPE Output Torque for Double Acting and Spring Return in Nm Spring

2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke weight
Pressure
0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0° (Kg)
DR 4169 5003 5837 6671 7005 7505 8339 9173 10007 - 170

End Start

SC 2/3 2474 1695 3308 2529 4142 3362 4976 4196 5310 4530 5810 5030 6644 5864 2475 1695 199

SC 3 2135 1200 2969 2034 3803 2867 4637 3701 4971 4035 5471 4535 6305 5369 7139 6203 2970 2034 204

SC 3/4 2630 1539 3464 2373 4298 3206 4632 3540 5132 4040 5966 4874 6800 5708 7633 6542 3465 2373 210

SC 4 3125 1878 3959 2711 4292 3045 4793 3545 5627 4379 6461 5213 7294 6047 8962 7715 3960 2712 216

SC 4/5 3620 2217 3953 2550 4454 3050 5288 3884 6122 4718 6955 5552 8623 7220 10291 8887 4455 3051 221

SC 5 4115 2555 4949 3389 5783 4223 6616 5057 8284 6725 9952 8393 4949 3390 227

SC 5/6 4610 2894 5444 3728 6277 4562 7945 6230 9613 7898 5444 3729 233

SC 6 5105 3233 5938 4067 7606 5735 9274 7403 5939 4068 238

Max. Rotation Screw stroke Chamber Air volume (L) Moving time (sec.) (A) Operating temperature (B)

Pressure adjustment Ø (mm) opening closing opening closing STD (Standard) HT (High temp.) LT (Low temp.)

90° ±4° For 1° DR 8 DR 9 NBR "O"-Ring FPM "O"-Ring Silikon "O"-Ring


DR=6 bar
420 49 84
SC=8 bar
at 0° and 90° 1/4 turn SC 10 SC 11 - 20°C to + 80°C - 15°C to + 150°C - 40°C to + 80°C

Notes: (A) The above indicated moving time of the actuator, are obtained in the following test conditions: (1) Room Temperature, (2) Actuator Stroke 90°,
(3) Solenoid Valve with orifice of 11 mm and a flow capacity Qn 6000 L/min., (4) Inside pipe diameter 11 mm, (5) Medium clean air, (6) Air supply pressure
5,5 bar (79,75 Psi), (7) Actuator without external resistance load.
Cautions: obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameter are different, the moving time will be different.
(B) For HT (high temperature) and LT (low temperature) services, a special Lubricant is requested. Please contact Air Torque factory.
Operating Medium:
The operating medium must be free of dust and oil. The maximum particle size must not exceed 30mm (ISO 8573 Part1, Class5). In order to prevent water
condensation and/or solidification (ice, when actuator work below 0°C), the operating medium must have a dew point equal to –20°C or, at least 10°C
below the ambient temperature (ISO 8573 Part1, Class3).

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC10000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0518e
Older data sheets are invalid..
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC00010

10 18 19 39 21
08 39A
17 40 15 50 13 30 06

11

24

04 14 16 09

03 32 07 20 60 41 42 43 05

Pos. Qty Description Material Specification Protection optional


05* 2 Bearing (Piston back) PA46 STANYL® TW300 --------- ---------
06* 1 Bearing (Pinion top) PA46 STANYL® TW300 --------- ---------
07* 1 Bearing (Pinion bottom) PA46 STANYL® TW300 --------- ---------
08* 1 Thrust bearing (Pinion top) PA46 STANYL® TW300 --------- ---------
09* 2 Plug NBR NBR 70 SH. A --------- FPM - Silicon
10 1 Thrust washer (Pinion) 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2 --------- ---------
13 8 Cap screw (End cap) A2 70 ISO 3506-1 --------- ---------
14* 2 O-Ring (Cap screw) NBR NBR 70 SH. A --------- FPM - Silicon
15* 2 Bearing (Piston head) POM --------- --------- STANYL® TW300
16* 2 O-Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A --------- FPM - Silicon
17/2 1/2 (A) Spring size 2 SiCr spring alloy steel UNI EN 10270-2 Epoxy coated ---------
17/3 1/2 (A) Spring size 3 SiCr spring alloy steel UNI EN 10270-2 Epoxy coated ---------
18 1 Spring clip (Pinion) C75 UNI EN 10132-4 ENP Stainless Steel
19*** 1 Position indicator PA66+GF --------- --------- PA66+GF+Carbon Black
20* 1 O-Ring (Pinion bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A --------- FPM - Silicon
21* 1 O-Ring (Pinion top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A --------- FPM - Silicon
chromatized +
30 2 End caps EN AC-46000 UNI EN 1706 ---------
Polyester coated
39 1 Cap screw (Indicator) A2 70 ISO 3506-1 --------- ---------
39A 1 Washer cap screw (Indicator) 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2 --------- ---------
40 2 Piston EN AC-46000 UNI EN 1706 anodized ---------
41 1 Actuator identification label Polyester-Aluminium RC 45 --------- ---------
42 2 End cap label Polyester-Aluminium RC 23 --------- ---------
43 1 Spigot (only on request) EN AW-6063 UNI EN 573/3 ALODUR ---------
50 1 Body EN AW-6063 UNI EN 573/3 ALODUR ---------
60 1 Drive shaft EN AW-7075 UNI EN 573/3 ALODUR Stainless Steel + ENP
Optional - on request (B)
03 2 Washer (ext. stroke adj. screw) 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2 --------- ---------
04 2 Nut (ext. stroke adj. screw) A2 70 ISO 3506-2 --------- ---------
11* 2 O-Ring (ext. stroke adj. screw) NBR NBR 70 SH. A --------- FPM - Silicon
24 2 external stroke adj. screw A2 70 ISO 3506-1 --------- ---------
chromatized +
32 2 special end caps (stroke adj.) EN AC-46000 UNI EN 1706 ---------
Polyester coated
40R 2 special piston (ext. stroke adj.) EN AC-46000 UNI EN 1706 anodized ---------
Notes: *** for ATEX version the indicator material is PA66 + GF + Carbon Black.
** *other kinds of
suggested protection
spare see
parts for catalogue
maintenance (B)(A)
external travel
depends stopsprings
on the adj. forset
model 90° D and S only on request

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC00010


No guarantee for accuracy.
0519e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC00015-00150

30/31 17 01 06 19 13 30 18 39 03 02
21 10
04
14 50 08 11
40
42

15 16
07 20 60 41 43 12 05 09

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506
03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
04 2 Washer (Stop Cap Screw) A2 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
06  1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07  1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
12 2 Piston Guide Nylon 66 + 30% FG Nylon 66 + 30% FG
13 8 Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM POM
16 
min.4/max.12
2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy steel DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxy
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 DIN 17222 ENP
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30 1 Right End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
31 1 Left End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP
 included in spare part kit,  included in high temperature kit,  included in low temperature kit

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC00015-00150


No guarantee for accuracy.
0520e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC00220-00600

30/31 17 01 06 19 13 30 18 39 03 02
21 10
04
14 50 08 11
40
42

15 16
07 20 60 41 43 12 05 09

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) GS400-15 UNI ISO 1083
02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506
03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
04 2 Washer (Stop Cap Screw) A2 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
06  1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07  1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
12 2 Piston Guide Nylon 66 + 30% FG Nylon 66 + 30% FG
13 8 Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM POM
16 
min.5/max.12
2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy steel DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxy
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 DIN 17222 ENP
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30 1 Right End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
31 1 Left End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP
 included in spare part kit,  included in high temperature kit,  included in low temperature kit

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC00220-00600


No guarantee for accuracy.
0521e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC00900-02000

30/31 17 01 06 19 13 30 18 39 03 02
21 10
04
14 50 08 11
40
42

15 16
07 20 60 41 43 12 05 09

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) GS400-15 UNI ISO 1083
02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506
03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
04 2 Washer (Stop Cap Screw) A2 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
06  1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07  1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
12 2 Piston Guide Nylon 66 + 30% FG Nylon 66 + 30% FG
13 8 Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM POM
16 
min.5/max.12
2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy steel DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxy
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 DIN 17222 ENP
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30 2 Left and Right End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP
 included in spare part kit,  included in high temperature kit,  included in low temperature kit

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC00900-02000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0522e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC03000

30/31 17 01 06 19 13 30 18 39 03 02
21 10
04
14 50 08 11
40
42

15 16
07 20 60 41 43 12 05 09

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) GS400-15 UNI ISO 1083
02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506
03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
04 2 Washer (Stop Cap Screw) A2 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
06  1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07  1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) Nylon 46 Nylon 46
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
12 2 Piston Guide Nylon 66 + 30% FG Nylon 66 + 30% FG
13 12 Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM POM
16 
min.5/max.12
2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy steel DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxy
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 DIN 17222 ENP
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30 2 Left and Right End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, D, E, P
39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP
 included in spare part kit,  included in high temperature kit,  included in low temperature kit

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC03000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0523e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC05000

30 17 01 06 19 02 13 18 39 03
21 10 04
14 15 40 50 41 08 11
42

16 20 09
07 60 43 12 05

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) GS400-15 UNI ISO 1083
02 2 Stop Cap Screw A2-70 ISO 3506
03 2 Nut (Stop Cap Screw) A2-70 ISO 3506
04 2 Washer (Stop Cap Screw) A2 ISO 3506
05  2 Bearing (Piston Back) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
06  1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07  1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
08  2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
09  2 Plug (Transfer Port) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3
11  2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
12 2 Piston Guide PA 66
13 16 Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506
14  2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
15  2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM
16 
min.5/max.12
2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy steel DIN 17223 Part 2 Epoxy
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 DIN 17222 ENP
19 1 Position Indicator PP + 30% GF Haiplen EP 30
20  1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
21  1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A
30 2 Left and Right End Cap All.EN AC-46400 UNI EN 1706 A, B, D, E, P
39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506
40 2 Pistons All.EN AC-46400 UNI EN 1706
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot Extr. All. EN AW 6063 EN 573/3 Alodur
50 1 Body All.EN AC-43100 UNI EN 1706 A, B, D, E, P
60 1 Drive Shaft C22 DIN 17200 ENP
 included in spare part kit,  included in high temperature kit,  included in low temperature kit

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0524e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation
Part Description
DR/SC10000

30 17 08 19 11 18 39
01 04 10 39A 42

40 50 03 21 41

02 06

15 14 20 13
16 07 60 13A 05 12 43 09

Pos. pcs description material specification protection optional


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) GS400-15 UNI EN 1563 phosphated
02 2 Anti-Blowout Stop Screw A2-70 ISO 3506-1
03 2 Nut A2-70 ISO 3506-2
04 2 Washer 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2
05* 4 Bearing (Piston Back) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
06* 1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PPS + GF
07* 1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PPS + GF
08* 2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
09* 2 O' Ring NBR NBR 70 SH. A FPM - Silicon
10 1 Thrust Washer 1.4301 EN 10088-2
11* 2 O' Ring (Stop Screw) NBR NBR 70 SH. A FPM - Silicon
12 2 Piston Guide PA 66
13 16 Cap Screw (End Cap) A2-70 ISO 3506-1
13 A 16 Washer (Cap Screw) 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2
14* 2 O' Ring (End Cap) NBR NBR 70 SH. A FPM - Silicon
15* 2 Bearing (Piston Head) POM STANYL TW300
16* 2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 SH. A FPM - Silicon
min.5/ Epoxy
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr Spring alloy steelk UNI EN 10270-2
max.12 coated
18 1 Spring Clip (Pinion) C75 UNI EN 10132-4 ENP Stainless Steel
19** 1 Position Indicator PA66 + GF PA66+GF+Carbon Bl.

20* 1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 SH. A FPM - Silicon
21* 1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 SH. A FPM - Silicon
anodized +
30 2 Right and left End Cap EN AC-46400 UNI EN 1706 Polyester coated

39 1 Cap Screw (Indicator) A2-70 ISO 3506-1


39 A 1 Washer (Indicator) 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2
40 2 Piston EN AC-46400 UNI EN 1706 anodized
41 1 Actuator Label Polyester Aluminium RC 45
42 2 End Cap Label Polyester Aluminium RC 23
43 1 Spigot (only on request) EN AW 6063 UNI EN 573/3 Alodur
Alodur + 30µ Epoxy coated
50 1 Body EN AC-46400 UNI EN 1706
Polyuerthan coated
C22 + ENP
60 1 Drive shaft EN AW 7075 UNI EN 573/3 Alodur
Stainless steel + ENP

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. DRSC10000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0525e
Older data sheets are invalid.
4th Generation

Stainless Steel

C ØZ 4 C

4
P

B
B

X
X

OI
H
M L
A L M
Model DR/SC0015 S und DR/SC0030 S Detail " Y "
N
M5xE

Anschluß '2' Anschluß '4'


M6x12

0
Nur Model DR/SC0015 S Detail " X " T-Anschluß
F
45°
Abtrieb - ISO5211 S
VDI/VDE 3845
VK

h
45°

Q1

R
W D
Q W1

Vierkant diagonal Vierkant parallel Detail "Y" Detail "X"

Dimensions in mm
weight
T - ISO ISO
Type A B C D E F G H I min. L M N O P Q Q1 R S W W1 VK h min. X Z (kg)
228 Flange DR SC
DR/SC00015 S 141 69 75 M5x8 4 80 30 30 12 42 33 11 34.5 20 42 - 32 24 M5 - 1/8" F04 11 0.5 34.5 40 2.68 2,8
DR/SC00030 S 159 85 83 M5x8 8 80 30 35 16 46 37 11 42.5 20 50 - 32 24 M6 - 1/8" F05 14 0.5 42.5 40 3,8 3.99
DR/SC00060 S 211 102 96 M5x8 8 80 30 35 16 52.5 43.5 19 51 20 50 - 32 24 M6 - 1/8" F05 14 1.5 51 40 6.15 6.58
DR/SC00100 S 248 115 111 M5x8 8 80 30 55 19 60 51 19 57.5 20 70 - 32 24 M8 - 1/8" F07 17 1.5 57.5 40 9.05 9,7
DR/SC00150 S 268 127 125 M5x8 8 80 30 55 19 67.5 57.5 19 63.5 20 70 - 32 24 M8 - 1/8" F07 17 1.5 63.5 40 11.9 13

Double acting torque ratings in Nm


Type 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar
DR00015 S 8,3 9,0 11,6 13,3 13,0 14,0 16,6 18,3 19,9 23,3 26,6
DR00030 S 14,7 17,6 20,5 23,5 24,6 26,4 29,3 32,2 35,2 41,0 46,9
DR00060 S 29,1 34,9 40,7 46,5 48,9 52,4 58,2 63,0 69,8 81,4 93,1
DR00100 S 45,8 54,9 64,1 73,2 76,9 82,4 91,5 100 109 128 146
DR00150 S 66,5 79,8 93,1 106 112 120 133 146 160 186 213

Spring return torque ratings in Nm spring


Pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
Type Spring 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
side Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End
3 4,3 2,5 5,9 4,1 7,6 5,8 9,3 7,4 9,9 8,1 10,9 9,1 12,6 10,8 14,2 12,4 5,8 4,0
SC00015 S

4 6,2 3,8 7,9 5,5 8,6 6,2 9,6 7,2 11,2 8,8 12,9 10,5 14,6 12,1 17,9 15,5 7,8 5,4
5 8,2 5,2 9,9 6,9 11,5 8,5 13,2 10,2 16,5 13,5 19,8 16,8 9,7 6,7
6 10,2 6,6 11,9 8,2 15,2 11,6 18,5 14,9 11,7 8,1
3 8,0 4,6 10,9 7,5 13,9 10,4 16,8 13,3 18,0 14,5 19,7 16,3 22,7 19,2 25,6 22,1 10,1 6,7
SC00030 S

4 11,6 7,0 14,6 10,0 15,7 11,1 17,5 12,9 20,4 15,8 23,4 18,7 26,3 21,7 32,2 27,5 13,5 8,9
5 15,3 9,5 18,2 12,4 21,1 15,4 24,1 18,3 29,9 24,2 35,8 30,0 16,9 11,1
6 18,9 12,0 21,9 14,9 27,7 20,8 33,6 26,7 20,2 13,3
3 15,8 8,3 21,6 14,1 27,5 19,9 33,3 25,8 35,6 28,1 39,1 31,6 44,9 37,4 50,7 43,2 20,8 13,3
SC00060 S

4 23,0 13,0 28,8 18,8 31,2 21,2 34,7 24,7 40,5 30,5 46,3 36,3 52,1 42,1 63,7 53,7 27,7 17,7
5 30,2 17,7 36,1 23,6 41,9 29,4 47,7 35,2 59,3 46,8 71,0 58,5 34,6 22,1
6 37,5 22,4 43,3 28,3 54,9 39,9 66,5 51,5 41,5 26,5
3 23,8 11,1 32,9 20,3 42,1 29,4 51,2 38,6 54,9 42,2 60,4 47,7 69,5 56,9 78,7 66,0 34,7 22,0
SC00100 S

4 34,7 17,9 43,9 27,0 47,5 30,7 53,0 36,2 62,2 45,3 71,3 54,5 80,5 63,6 98,8 81,9 46,2 29,3
5 45,7 24,6 54,8 33,8 63,0 42,9 73,1 52,1 91,5 70,4 110 88,7 57,8 36,7
6 56,7 31,4 65,8 40,5 84,1 58,8 102 77,1 69,3 44,0
3 36,1 19,2 49,4 32,5 62,7 45,8 76,0 59,1 81,3 64,4 89,3 72,4 103 85,7 116 99,0 47,3 30,4
SC00150 S

4 52,5 30,0 65,8 43,3 71,1 48,7 79,1 56,6 92,4 69,9 106 83,2 119 96,5 146 123 63,0 40,5
5 69,0 40,9 82,3 54,2 95,6 67,5 109 80,8 135 107 162 134 78,8 50,7
6 85,4 51,7 98,7 65,0 125 92 152 118 94,5 60,8

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. S.S. Actuators


No guarantee for accuracy.
0526e
Older data sheets are invalid.
4th Generation

Dimensions

14 21 50
Included in Spare Part Kit

06
Pos. Pcs Description
05* 2 Bearing (Piston back)
06* 1 Bearing (Pinion top)

SW1
07* 1 Bearing (Pinion bottom)
08* 2 Thrust bearing (Pinion)
09* 2 Plug
11* 2 O-Ring (Stop screw)
14* 2 O-Ring (End cap)
15* 2 Bearing (Piston head)
16* 2 O-Ring (Piston)
20* 1 O-Ring (Pinion bottom)
21* 1 O-Ring (Pinion top)

15 16 07 20
Dimension of tools for Maintenance
DR/SC SW1 SW2 SW3 Nm

18 04 0015 10 10 8 5 -> 6

08 11 0030 10 10 10 10 -> 11
0060 13 13 10 10 -> 11

03, SW2
0100 13 13 10 10 -> 11
0150 17 17 13 23 -> 25
0220 19 19 13 23 -> 25

05
0300 19 19 17 48 -> 52
0450 22 22 17 48 -> 52
0600 22 22 19 82 -> 86
0900 24 24 19 82 -> 86

09
1200 30 30 22 132 -> 138
2000 30 30 24 200 -> 210

SW3
3000 36 36 22 132 -> 138
5000 46 46 24 200 -> 210

O-Ring- and Screw dimensions of the actuator type DR/SC


Pos. Pcs Description Material 00015 00030 0060 00100 00150 00220 00300
02 2 Stop cap screw B8 CI.2 M6x24 M6x28 M8x31,5 M8x34 M10x41 M12x47,7 M12x49,2
03 2 Nut (Stop screw) A2 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 M12
11* 2 O-Ring (Stop screw) NBR 5,28x1,78 5,28x1,78 7,6x2,62 7,6x2,62 9,92x2,62 10,69x3,53 10,69x3,53
13 8 Cap screw (End cap) A2-70 M5x16 M6x25 M6x25 M6x25 M8x30 M8x30 M10x35
14* 2 O-Ring (End cap) NBR 47,35x1,78 60,05x1,78 72,70x2,62 83,80x2,62 97x2,6 113,9x3,53 123,42x3,53
16* 2 O-Ring (Piston) NBR 42,86x3,53 56,75x3,53 68,26x3,53 75,57x5,34 89,69xx5,34 104,14x5,34 113,67x5,34
18 1 Ø Spring clip DIN47 C75 14 16 22 25 26 35 38
20* 1 O-Ring (Pinion bottom) NBR 17,16X1,78 20,35X1,78 26,65X2,62 33X2,62 34,6X2,62 44,12X2,62 48,9X2,62
21* 1 O-Ring (Pinion top) NBR 10,82X1,78 12,42X1,78 17,13X2,62 20,29X2,62 21,9X2,62 29,82X2,62 33X2,62

O-Ring- and Screw dimensions of the actuator type DR/SC


Pos. Pcs Description Material 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000 05000
02 2 Stop cap screw B8 CI.2 M14x53,5 M14x55,5 M16x67 M20x75 M20x83,5 M24x91 M30x130
03 2 Nut (Stop screw) A2 M14 M14 M16 M20 M20 M24 M30
11* 2 O-Ring (Stop screw) NBR 13,87x3,53 13,87x3,53 15,47x3,53 18,42x5,34 18,42x5,34 21,59x5,34 27,94x5,34
13 8 Cap screw (End cap) A2-70 M10x35 M12x50 M12x50 M14x55 M16x60 M14x55 M16x60
14* 2 O-Ring (End cap) NBR 142,5x3,53 158,35x3,53 177,4x3,53 198,45x3,53 234,3x5,34 253,4x5,34 304,17x5,34
16* 2 O-Ring (Piston) NBR 129,54x6,99 145,42x6,99 166,7x6,99 183,5x6,99 221,6x6,99 247x6,99 310,5x6,99
18 1 Ø Spring clip DIN47 C75 45 48 52 58 68 80 90
20* 1 O-Ring (Pinion bottom) NBR 55,56X3,53 59,92X3,53 63,1X3,53 69,22X5,34 81,92X5,34 100X5,34 116,94x5,34
21* 1 O-Ring (Pinion top) NBR 37,7X3,53 40,87X3,53 44,45X3,53 47X5,34 58,52X5,34 69,22X5,34 79,74x5,34

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. Dimensions


No guarantee for accuracy.
0527e
Older data sheets are invalid.
4th Generation

Typemarking

Double acting actuators Single acting actuators Actuators size


Valve attachment Valve attachment international
Type Flange Square Type [bar] Flange Square Type
Marking ISO 5211 Marking **) ISO 5211 Marking
DR 00006 F03 9 AT B0
DR 00015 F03/F04*) 9/11 SC 00015 - bar F03/F04*) 9/11 AT 051
DR 00030 F03/F04/F05/F07 11/14 SC 00030 - bar F03/F04/F05/F07 11/14 AT 101
DR 00060 F04/F05/F07 14/17 SC 00060 - bar F04/F05/F07 14/17 AT 201
DR 00100 F05/F07 14/17 SC 00100 - bar F05/F07 14/17 AT 251
DR 00150 F07/F10 17/22 SC 00150 - bar F07/F10 17/22 AT 301
DR 00220 F07/F10 17/22 SC 00220 - bar F07/F10 17/22 AT 351
DR 00300 F07/F10 22/27 SC 00300 - bar F07/F10 22/27 AT 401
DR 00450 F10/F12 22/27 SC 00450 - bar F10/F12 22/27 AT 451
DR 00600 F10/F12 22/27 SC 00600 - bar F10/F12 22/27 AT 501
DR 00900 F12/F14 27/36 SC 00900 - bar F12/F14 27/36 AT 551
DR 01200 F12/F14*) 27/36 SC 01200 - bar F12/F14*) 27/36 AT 601
DR 02000 F14/F16*) 36/46 SC 02000 - bar F14/F16*) 36/46 AT 651
DR 03000 F14/F16*) 36/46 SC 03000 - bar F14/F16*) 36/46 AT 701
DR 05000 F16/F25*) 46/55 SC 05000 - bar F16/F25*) 46/55 AT 801
DR 10000***) F25/F30*) 55/75 AT 1000***)

Flange and square for protection 'C', 'P', 'E' and 'D' extra bold printed *) Doubleflange not possible F/K <-> springs per piston
Only actuators type 'A' and 'B' in some sizes have a double-flange (italics).. bar <-> pressure (from 2,5 bar to 10 bar)
**) german number in [bar] corresponds to international number of the springs per piston, e.g. at 2,5 bar pressure 5 springs are used for
the actuator (left piston 3, right piston 2), at 3 bar pressure 6 springs a.s.o. to max. 12 springs per actuator ***) Delivery date on request

How to order (standard):


SC 00600 - 6 F12 D 27 A
Protection( see chapter 3)
A, B, D, E, P, EC
SW square dimension (see above)
D = diagonal square drive (standard)
L = parallel square drive
H = flat head drive
Flange type (see above, in case of double
flange only the bigger flange is marked)
Springs per side (only for SC, SO <-> pcs 2-6, s.a.)
Actuator size (00006 - 05000, see above)

DR = double acting, right-turning (CW)


DL = double acting, left-turning (CCW)
SC = spring return, spring to close (CW)
How to order (optional): SO = spring return, spring to open (CCW)
SC 00600 - 6 3P F12 N D 27 A CW H
Standard = without marking (-20°C to +80°C)
H = High temperature (-15°C to +150°C)
L = Low temperature (-40°C to +80°C)
Rotation direction of the drive shaft (bottom)
CW = clockwise (standard, marked on the label)
CCW = counter-clockwise (marked on the label)
V = single key drive
W = two key drive
DS = double square

N = without spigot (standard)


Y = with spigot
Standard = without marking
3P = 3-position actuator (specify intermediate pos.)
HC = hydraulic speed control
Turning range (0° to ...)
00600 -> 90° standard (without marking)
00602 -> 120° (3P, SC, SO not available at present)
00603 -> 135° (3P, SC, SO not available at present)
00608 -> 180°

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. Typemarking


No guarantee for accuracy.
0528e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Air Consumption
in m3/Stroke and Litre/Stroke
DR/SC00006-10000

Air Consumption of the AT-Actuators, with Turning Range 90°, in m3/Stroke


Control Pressure Pe in bar
Antrieb 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 7 8
DR 0,00018 0,00020 0,00023 0,00025 0,00028 0,00030 0,00033 0,00035 0,00040 0,00045
00006 SC 0,00007 0,00008 0,00009 0,00010 0,00011 0,00012 0,00013 0,00014 0,00016 0,00018
DR 0,00084 0,00096 0,00108 0,00120 0,00132 0,00144 0,00156 0,00168 0,00192 0,00216
00015 SC 0,00032 0,00036 0,00041 0,00045 0,00050 0,00054 0,00059 0,00063 0,00072 0,00081
DR 0,00147 0,00168 0,00189 0,00210 0,00231 0,00252 0,00273 0,00294 0,00336 0,00378
00030 SC 0,00056 0,00064 0,00072 0,00080 0,00088 0,00096 0,00104 0,00112 0,00128 0,00144
DR 0,00280 0,00320 0,00360 0,00400 0,00440 0,00480 0,00520 0,00560 0,00640 0,00720
00060 SC 0,00109 0,00124 0,00140 0,00155 0,00171 0,00186 0,00202 0,00217 0,00248 0,00279
DR 0,00452 0,00516 0,00581 0,00645 0,00710 0,00774 0,00839 0,00903 0,01032 0,01161
00100 SC 0,00179 0,00204 0,00230 0,00255 0,00281 0,00306 0,00332 0,00357 0,00408 0,00459
DR 0,00637 0,00728 0,00819 0,00910 0,01001 0,01092 0,01183 0,01274 0,01456 0,01638
00150 SC 0,00249 0,00284 0,00320 0,00355 0,00391 0,00426 0,00462 0,00497 0,00568 0,00639
DR 0,01047 0,01196 0,01346 0,01495 0,01645 0,01794 0,01944 0,02093 0,02392 0,02691
00220 SC 0,00417 0,00476 0.00476 0,00595 0,00655 0,00714 0,00774 0,00833 0,00952 .00952
DR 0,01358 0,01552 0,01746 0,01940 0,02134 0,02328 0,02522 0,02716 0,03104 0,03492
00300 SC 0,00539 0,00616 0,00693 0,00770 0,00847 0,00924 0,01001 0,01078 0,01232 0,01386
DR 0,02167 0,02476 0,02786 0,03095 0,03405 0,03714 0,04024 0,04333 0,04952 0,05571
00450 SC 0,00844 0,00964 0,01085 0,01205 0,01326 0,01446 0,01567 0,01687 0,01928 0,02169
DR 0,02821 0,03224 0,03627 0,04030 0,04433 0,04836 0,05239 0,05642 0,06448 0,07254
00600 SC 0,01099 0,01256 0,01413 0,01570 0,01727 0,01884 0,02041 0,02198 0,02512 0,02826
DR 0,03903 0,04460 0,05018 0,05575 0,06133 0,06690 0,07248 0,07805 0,08920 0,10035
00900 SC 0,01491 0,01704 0,01917 0,02130 0,02343 0,02556 0,02769 0,02982 0,03408 0,03834
DR 0,05390 0,06160 0,06930 0,07700 0,08470 0,09240 0,10010 0,10780 0,12320 0,13860
01200 SC 0,02079 0,02376 0,02673 0,02970 0,03267 0,03564 0,03861 0,04158 0,04752 0,05346
DR 0,08820 0,10080 0,11340 0,12600 0,13860 0,15120 0,16380 0,17640 0,20160 0,22680
02000 SC 0,03500 0,04000 0,04500 0,05000 0,05500 0,06000 0,06500 0,07000 0,08000 0,09000
DR 0,12558 0,14352 0,16146 0,17940 0,19734 0,21528 0,23322 0,25116 0,28704 0,32292
03000 SC 0,05075 0,05800 0,06525 0,07250 0,07975 0,08700 0,09425 0,10150 0,11600 0,13050
DR 0,22750 0,26000 0,29250 0,32500 0,35750 0,39000 0,42250 0,45500 0,52000 0,58500
05000
SC 0,08750 0,10000 0,11250 0,12500 0,13750 0,15000 0,16250 0,17500 0,20000 0,22500
DR 0,46550 0,53200 0,59850 0,66500 0,73150 0,79800 0,86450 0,93100 1,06400 1,19700
10000 SC 0,17150 0,19600 0,22050 0,24500 0,26950 0,29400 0,31850 0,34300 0,39200 0,44100

Air Consumption of the AT-Actuators, with Turning Range 90°, in Litre/Stroke


Control Pressure Pe in bar
Antrieb 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 7 8
DR 0,18 0,20 0,23 0,25 0,28 0,30 0,33 0,35 0,40 0,45
00006 SC 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,13 0,14 0,16 0,18
DR 0,84 0,96 1,08 1,20 1,32 1,44 1,56 1,68 1,92 2,16
00015 SC 0,32 0,36 0,41 0,45 0,50 0,54 0,59 0,63 0,72 0,81
DR 1,47 1,68 1,89 2,10 2,31 2,52 2,73 2,94 3,36 3,78
00030 SC 0,56 0,64 0,72 0,80 0,88 0,96 1,04 1,12 1,28 1,44
DR 2,80 3,20 3,60 4,00 4,40 4,80 5,20 5,60 6,40 7,20
00060 SC 1,09 1,24 1,40 1,55 1,71 1,86 2,02 2,17 2,48 2,79
DR 4,52 5,16 5,81 6,45 7,10 7,74 8,39 9,03 10,32 11,61
00100 SC 1,79 2,04 2,30 2,55 2,81 3,06 3,32 3,57 4,08 4,59
DR 6,37 7,28 8,19 9,10 10,01 10,92 11,83 12,74 14,56 16,38
00150 SC 2,49 2,84 3,20 3,55 3,91 4,26 4,62 4,97 5,68 6,39
DR 10,47 11,96 13,46 14,95 16,45 17,94 19,44 20,93 23,92 26,91
00220 SC 4,17 4,76 4,76 5,95 6,55 7,14 7,74 8,33 9,52 9,52
DR 13,58 15,52 17,46 19,40 21,34 23,28 25,22 27,16 31,04 34,92
00300 SC 5,39 6,16 6,93 7,70 8,47 9,24 10,01 10,78 12,32 13,86
DR 21,67 24,76 27,86 30,95 34,05 37,14 40,24 43,33 49,52 55,71
00450 SC 8,44 9,64 10,85 12,05 13,26 14,46 15,67 16,87 19,28 21,69
DR 28,21 32,24 36,27 40,30 44,33 48,36 52,39 56,42 64,48 72,54
00600 SC 10,99 12,56 14,13 15,70 17,27 18,84 20,41 21,98 25,12 28,26
DR 39,03 44,60 50,18 55,75 61,33 66,90 72,48 78,05 89,20 100,35
00900 SC 14,91 17,04 19,17 21,30 23,43 25,56 27,69 29,82 34,08 38,34
DR 53,90 61,60 69,30 77,00 84,70 92,40 100,10 107,80 123,20 138,60
01200 SC 20,79 23,76 26,73 29,70 32,67 35,64 38,61 41,58 47,52 53,46
DR 88,20 100,80 113,40 126,00 138,60 151,20 163,80 176,40 201,60 226,80
02000 SC 35,00 40,00 45,00 50,00 55,00 60,00 65,00 70,00 80,00 90,00
DR 125,58 143,52 161,46 179,40 197,34 215,28 233,22 251,16 287,04 322,92
03000 SC 50,75 58,00 65,25 72,50 79,75 87,00 94,25 101,50 116,00 130,50
DR 227,50 260,00 292,50 325,00 357,50 390,00 422,50 455,00 520,00 585,00
05000
SC 87,50 100,00 112,50 125,00 137,50 150,00 162,50 175,00 200,00 225,00
DR 465,50 532,00 598,50 665,00 731,50 798,00 864,50 931,00 1064,00 1197,00
10000 SC 171,50 196,00 220,50 245,00 269,50 294,00 318,50 343,00 392,00 441,00
Calculation: Q=n*V*(pe+pamb)/pamb ; Q = air consumption; n = Cycles; pe = control pressure; pamb = air pressure Conversion:
Definition Stroke: DR -> 1 stroke corresponds to 1 x OPEN (0°-90°) and 1 x CLOSE (90°-0°) 1L <=> 0,001 m3
SC -> 1 stroke corresponds to 1 x OPEN (0°-90°); CLOSE (90°-0°) with springs

Modifications reserved. Date 12.2008. Air Consumption G4


No guarantee for accuracy.
0529e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Dimensions 120°/180°
DR00015-05000

Actuators with turning range from 0°-120° and 0°-180°

Bottom - EN 12116 4 C Type DR/SC02000


"X"

22.5
45
re

4
°
ØZ M6x10
ua

H
Sq

45°

Q1
20 20

B
Port '2' Port '4' Type DR/SC03000/05000

20
W M6x10
W1 "X"
P

L
VDI/VDE 3845
"X" T Connection I
D 22.5
A M N

20
R

) C C
O are 230
u
S (Sq

Spigot / Drive Shaft M5xE

B
Type DR/SC03000 Type DR/SC05000
h1

G
h

205
Ød M6x12

F M N M N

00015 00030 00060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000 05000
Type DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR DR
ISO Flange F04 F05 F05 F07 F07 - F10 - F12 - F14 - - -
Square 11 14 14 17 17 - 22 - 27 - 36 - - -
T-ISO228 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" - 1/4" - 1/4" - 1/4" - - -
A (120°) 159.5 179.5 240 281 306 - 395 - 500 - 618 - - -
A (180°) 197 221.5 298.5 348 381.5 - 496 - 626 - 769 - - -
B 69 85 102 115 127 - 157 - 196 - 245 - - -
C 59 72 84.5 97.5 111 - 136 - 169 - 213 - - -
D M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 - M5x8 - M5x8 - M5x8 - - -
E 4 8 8 8 8 - 8 - 8 - 8 - - -
F 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - - -
G 30 30 30 30 30 - 30 - 30 - 30 - - -
H 20 20 20 20 20 - 30 - 30 - 50 - - -
I 30 35 35 55 55 - 70 - 85 - 100 - - -
Lmin 12 16 16 19 19 - 24 - 29 - 38 - - -
M 29 36 42.5 49.5 56 - 69.5 - 88 - 110 - - -
N 41.5 47 52 56.8 67 - 82 - 99 - 112 - - -
O 11 11 19 19 19 - 27 - 27 - 42 - - -
P 26.5 30 30.5 32.5 37.5 - 45 - 52 - 62 - - -
Q 42 50 50 70 70 - 102 - 125 - 140 - - -
Q1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
R 32 32 32 32 32 - 32 - 32 - 32 - - -
S 24 24 24 24 24 - 24 - 24 - 24 - - -
W M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 - M10 - M12 - M16 - - -
W1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
h1 min. 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 - 1.5 - 1.5 - 2 - - -
øZ 40 40 40 40 40 - 56/65 - 65 - 80/115 - - -
all dimensions in mm

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. 120°/180°


No guarantee for accuracy.
0601e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Dimensions 135°
DR00153 - 01203

Bottom - EN 12116 4 C
re

45

4
°
ØZ
ua

H
Sq

45°

B
Connection '2' Connection '4'

W "X"

L
VDI/VDE 3845
"X" I
D T Connection
A (135°) M N
R

O ar e)
qu
(S
S

Spigot / Shaft M5xE


h1

G
h

Ød M6x12

Typ DR 00153 DR 00223 DR 00303 DR 00603 DR 01203


ISO Flange F07 F10 F10 F12 F14
Square 17 22 22 27 36
T-ISO228 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"
A (135°) 325 385 420 532 656
B 127 145 157 196 245
C 111 127 136 169 213
D M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8 M5x8
E 8 8 8 8 8
F 80 80 80 80 130
G 30 30 30 30 30
H 20 30 30 30 50
I 55 70 70 85 100
Lmin 19 24 24 29 38
M 56 64 69.5 88 110
N 67 77 82 99 112
O 17 27 27 27 36
P 37.5 42.5 45 52 62
Q 70 102 102 125 140
R 32 32 32 32 32
S 24 24 24 24 24
W M8 M10 M10 M12 M16

h1 max.
ø d f8 55 70 70 85 100

h min.
3 3 3 3 4
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2
øZ 40 56/65 56/65 65 115
all dimensions in mm

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. TD4G


No guarantee for accuracy.
0602e
Older data sheets are invalid.
3-Position Actuator 90°

Description

3-Position 4th Generation Actuators (90° Rotation)

Air Torque 3 position pneumatic actuators provide an operation of 0° - 45° - 90°. The intermediate position is
achieved by an external mechanical stop of movement on the 2 auxiliary pistons (for spring return actua-
tors it may be only one auxiliary piston). This intermediate stop position is adjustable from 0° - 90°, for exam-
ple 5°, 20°, 30°, 50°, 75° etc. The intermediate position is easily achieved by adjusting the external nuts loca-
ted outside the two end-caps.
Both type, double acting and spring return, are available.
Field of application: For dosing, for exact filling and for any kind of services where on 90° rotation an inter-
mediate stop position is desired.

In order to control the operation of Air Torque 3-position pneumatic actuators a system of solenoid valves
controlling a sequence of air supplies to the actuator is required as described below:

Position 1 (Intermediate Position):


This position is achieved when air is supplied simul-
taneously to ports 2 and D with exhaust air at ports
4 and C. In fact the air supplied at ports D forces the
D C 2 4 C D auxiliary pistons to the center and the rods serve as
mechanical stops for the internal pistons stopping in
the desired intermediate position.

Position 2 (Fully Open Position):


This position is achieved when air is supplied to port
2 and prt C ( Air to port C may als be avoided) with
exhaust air at port 4. In this condition air to port 2
D C 2 4 C D permits air to the internal pistons to continue the
opening stroke.

Position 3 (Fully closed Position):


This position is achieved when air is supplied to port
4 with exhaust air at port 2.

D C 2 4 C D

When ordering 3-Position pneumatic actuators, add ‘3P’ (Ex: 3P DR00150 F0710 17 A) to the normal actua-
tor code and specify the desired stop position including the intermediate e.g. 0° - 45° - 90°.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Dosing


No guarantee for accuracy.
0603e
Older data sheets are invalid.
3-Position Actuator 90°

Technical Data

ØZ
4 C VDI/VDE 3845

4
S

H
D
Port D Port '2' Port D

R
Port '4'

X
Port C Port C
P

Detail "X"

L
T - Connection
Detail " X " I
Detail " Y "

h
A M N

Bottom view - ISO5211


45°
Detail "Y"
O

M5xE

re
G

ua
Sq

45°
M6x12 Q1

W
F Q W1

Dimensions in mm Square diagonal Square parallel

Type 3P weight
DR/SC
A B C D E F G H I L M N O P Q R S W T ISO VK h X Z
D/S (kg)
00015
00030 369 85 72 M5x8 8 80 30 20 35 16 36 47 11 30 50 32 24 M6 1/8" F05 14 0.5 42.5 40 2,88 / 2,35
00060 480 102 84.5 M5x8 8 80 30 20 35 16 42.5 52 19 30.5 50 32 24 M6 1/8" F05 14 1.5 51 40 5,1 / 4,31
00150 617 127 111 M5x8 8 80 30 20 55 19 56 67 19 37.5 70 32 24 M8 1/4" F07 17 1.5 63.5 40 10,4 / 9,0
00300 800 157 136 M5x8 8 80 30 30 70 24 69.5 82 27 45 102 32 24 M10 1/4" F10 22 1.5 78.5 56/65 20,2 / 17,6
00600 991 196 169 M5x8 8 80 30 30 85 29 88 99 27 52 125 32 24 M12 1/4" F12 27 1.5 98 65 40,4 / 34,3
01200

Double acting torque ratings in Nm


Type 3P 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar
DR00030 14.7 17.6 20.5 23.5 24.6 26.4 29.3 32.2 35.2 41 46.9
DR00060 29.1 34.9 40.7 46.5 48.9 52.4 58.2 64 69.8 81.4 93.1
DR00150 66.5 79.8 93.1 106 112 120 133 146 160 186 213
DR00300 138 166 194 222 233 249 277 305 332 388 443
DR00600 284 340 397 454 477 511 567 624 681 794 908

Spring return torque ratings in Nm spring


pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar torque
spring 0°
Type 3P

90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 0° 90° 90° 0°
per
side Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End Start End
3 8 4.5 11 7.5 14 10 17 13 18 15 20 16 23 19 26 22 10,1 6,7
SC00030

4 12 7 15 10 16 11 18 13 20 16 23 19 26 22 32 28 13,5 8,9
5 15 9,5 18 12 21 15 24 18 30 24 36 30 16,9 11,1
6 19 12 22 15 28 21 34 27 20,2 13,3
3 16 8.3 22 14 28 20 33 26 36 28 39 32 45 37 51 43 20,8 13,3
SC00060

4 23 13 29 19 31 21 35 25 41 31 46 36 52 42 64 54 27,7 17,7
5 30 18 36 24 42 29 48 35 59 47 71 36 34,6 22,1
6 38 22 43 28 55 40 67 52 41,5 26,5
3 36 19 49 33 63 46 76 59 81 64 89 72 103 86 116 99 47,3 30,4
SC00150

4 53 30 66 43 71 49 79 57 92 70 106 83 119 97 146 123 63,0 40,5


5 69 41 82 54 96 68 109 81 135 107 162 134 78,8 50,7
6 85 52 99 65 125 92 152 118 94,5 60,8
3 76 40 103 67 131 95 159 123 170 134 186 150 214 178 242 206 99,0 63
SC00300

4 110 62 138 90 149 101 165 117 193 145 221 173 248 201 304 256 132 84
5 144 85 172 112 200 140 227 168 283 223 338 278 165 105
6 179 107 206 135 262 190 317 245 198 126
3 149 84 206 141 262 198 319 255 342 277 376 311 433 368 489 425 199 135
SC00600

4 218 131 274 188 297 211 331 245 388 302 444 358 501 415 615 528 266 180
5 286 178 343 235 400 292 456 349 570 462 683 575 332 224
6 355 225 411 282 525 396 638 509 399 269

Modifications reserved. Date 05.2004. Dosing


No guarantee for accuracy.
0604e
Older data sheets are invalid.
3-Position Actuator 180°

Description

3-Position 4th Generation Actuators (180° Rotation)

Air Torque 3 position pneumatic actuators provide an operation of 0° - 90° - 180°. The intermediate position
is achieved by an external mechanical stop of movement on the 2 auxiliary pistons.
This intermediate stop position is adjustable from 90° - 180°, for example 95°, 120°, 130°, 150°, 175° etc. The
intermediate position is easily achieved by adjusting the external nuts located outside the two end-caps.

Field of application: For dosing, for exact filling and for any kind of services where on 180° rotation an inter-
mediate stop position is desired.

In order to control the operation of Air Torque 3-position pneumatic actuators a system of solenoid valves
controlling a sequence of air supplies to the actuator is required as described below:

Position 1 (Intermediate Position):


This position is achieved when air is supplied simul-
taneously to ports 2 and D with exhaust air at ports
4 and C. In fact the air supplied at ports D forces the
D C 2 4 C D
auxiliary pistons to the center and the rods serve as
mechanical stops for the internal pistons stopping in
the desired intermediate position.

Position 2 (Fully Open Position):


This position is achieved when air is supplied to port
2 and prt C ( Air to port C may als be avoided) with
exhaust air at port 4. In this condition air to port 2
D C 2 4 C D permits air to the internal pistons to continue the
opening stroke.

Position 3 (Fully closed Position):


This position is achieved when air is supplied to port
4 with exhaust air at port 2.

D C 2 4 C D

When ordering 3-Position pneumatic actuators, add ‘3P’ (Ex: 3P DR150 F0710 17 A) to the normal actua-
tor code and specify the desired stop position including the intermediate e.g. 0° - 90° - 180°.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007.


No guarantee for accuracy. Dosing
Older data sheets are invalid. 0605e
3-Position Actuator 180°

Technical Data

ØZ C
4

4
VDI/VDE 3845

H
D
Port D Port '2' Port D

R
Port '4'

X
Port C Port C
P

L
Detail "X"
T - Connection

h
Detail " X " I
Detail " Y "
A M N

Bottom view - ISO5211


45° Detail "Y"

re
ua
O

Sq

45°
M5xE
G

Q1

M6x12 W
Q W1

F
Square diagonal Square parallel

Dimensions in mm
Type weight
A B C D E F G H I L M N O P Q R S W T ISO VK h X Z
3P DR (kg)
00018
00038 431 85 72 M5x8 8 80 30 20 35 16 36 47 11 30 50 32 24 M6 1/8" F05 14 0.5 42.5 40 3,8
00068 568 102 84.5 M5x8 8 80 30 20 35 16 42.5 52 19 30.5 50 32 24 M6 1/8" F05 14 1.5 51 40 6,7
00158 730 127 111 M5x8 8 80 30 20 55 19 56 67 19 37.5 70 32 24 M8 1/4" F07 17 1.5 63.5 40 13,1
00308 951 157 136 M5x8 8 80 30 30 70 24 69.5 82 27 45 102 32 24 M10 1/4" F10 22 1.5 78.5 56/65 25,4
00608 1179 196 169 M5x8 8 80 30 30 85 29 88 99 27 52 125 32 24 M12 1/4" F12 27 1.5 98 65 50,1
01208 1370 245 213 M5x8 8 130 30 50 100 38 110 112 36 62 140 32 24 M16 1/4" F14 36 2 122 80/115 70

Torque ratings
Double Acting Torque Ratings in Nm
pressure:
2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar
type*
3P DR00018
3P DR00038 14,7 17,6 20,5 23,5 24,6 26,4 29,3 32,2 35,2 41,0 46,9
3P DR00068 29,1 34,9 40,7 46,5 48,9 52,4 58,2 63,0 69,8 81,4 93,1
3P DR00158 66,5 79,8 93,1 106 111 119 132 146 159 186 212
3P DR00308 138 166 193 221 232 249 276 304 332 387 443
3P DR00608 283 340 397 453 476 510 567 623 680 794 907
3P DR01208 532 638 745 851 893 957 1064 1170 1276 1489 1702
*note: other types on request

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. Dosing


No guarantee for accuracy.
0606e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Actuators with
Speed Control
Description

4th Generation Actuator with hydraulic Speed Control

Air Torque 4th Generation actuators with hydraulic speed control provide a very slow adjustable operating
movement. Actuators with hydraulic speed control are used in order to increase the actuator operating times
and where sudden changes in load need to be restrained.
Field of applications: preventing the slam shut effect when closing a butterfly valve and all application where
a fast shut operation on valve line may be dangerous for media and/or valves.

DR00030 to DR00300 The moving times in both


- one hydr. damper unit directions are adjustable
independent of each other. Damper unit
(two hydr. damper units o.r.)

DR00450 to DR03000 2 4
Unit for speed control.
- two hydr. damper units
5/2 way valvel o.r.

SC00030 to SC00300
- one hydr. damper
unit
(two hydr. damper Damper unit
units on request)

SC00450 to SC03000
- two hydr. damper
units
Unit for speed control. 2 4 The moving times in both
directions are adjustable
3/2 way valvel o.r. independent of each
other.

Maximum pressure:
- double acting actuators = 5,5bar
- single acting actuators = 8bar
Other dimensions or materials see standard documen-
Anschluss '2' Anschluss '4' tation.
The torque is identical with the torque of the standard
version.
A
Control medium: Air - dry, lubricated or not corrosive
gas.
A1 Temperature range: -20°C to +80°C
Hydraulic medium: biodegradable fluid

Dimensions
HC DR/SC 00030 00060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 01200 03000
A 220 290 341 371 438 480 - - - -
A1 282 370 435 435 562 616 725 760 980 1320

Moving time* approximate value in [sec]**


min. 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 7.5 8 11 15
max. > 20 > 20 > 20 > 20 > 20 > 20 > 30 > 30 > 30 > 30

*Moving time is adjustable by the control plate, ** Actuator without load


Attention: For dimensioning please use a safety factor of minimum 30%.

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2006. Damper


No guarantee for accuracy.
0607e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Actuators (180°) with
Fail Safe Position
Design

180° Spring return actuators with 90° Fail Safe position

The 180° spring return actuators with 90° fail safety position are used for 0°-90°-180° operations where in case
of air failure the actuator has to return to the 90° position. At both ends of the actuator a spring set is moun-
ted and the compression on both sides of the springs is caused by the rotation from the 90° position.
The fail-safe operation is achieved by the extension of the compressed springs that bring the actuator from
0° or 180° position to 90° position.
The external travel stop is available as a standard in fully open position (180°) and in fully close position (0°),
and it is easily and precisely adjustable of ±4° in both directions.

Function: from 90° to 180°:

When compressed air is supplied at the port 2, air


forces the pistons apart and compresses the springs
from their inside ends to the end side. A counter-
clockwise rotation is obtained.

from 90° to 0°:


2 4
When compressed air is supplied at the port 4, air
forces the pistons together and compresses the
springs from their outside ends to the center. A
clockwise rotation is obtained.

Air fail operation:

2 4 From 180° position: on loss of air pressure (air or


electric failure) at port 2 allows the springs to force
the pistons together (until 90° position) with the
exhaust air exiting at port 2, a clockwise rotation is
achieved.

From 0° position: on loss of air pressure (air or elec-


tric failure) at port 4 allows the springs to force the
pistons toward the actuator (until 90° position) with
2 4 the exhaust air exiting at port 4, a counterclockwi-
se rotation is achieved.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. Fail Mid


No guarantee for accuracy.
0608e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Actuators (180°) with
Fail Safe Position
Dimensions, Torques

In order to control the operation of the


actuators 180° with 90° fail safe position a
system of solenoid valves controlling a
sequence of air supplies to the actuators is
required as described besides:
The actuator may be controlled by two 3/2
way solenoid valves or by one 5/3 way sole-
noid valve.

2 4

Dimensions in mm
weight
Type FM T-ISO
A B C D E F G H I min L M N O P Q Q1 R S W W1 ISO CH h min X Z kg
228
FM SC00150 605 127 111 M5x8 8 80 30 55 19 56 67 17 37.5 20 70 - 32 24 M8 - 1/4" F07 17 1.5 63.5 40 14.4
FM SC00300 780 157 136 M5x8 8 80 30 70 24 69.5 82 27 45 30 102 - 32 24 M10 - 1/4" F10 22 1.5 78.5 56/65 27.5
FM SC00600 993 196 169 M5x8 8 80 30 85 29 88 99 27 52 30 125 - 32 24 M12 - 1/4" F12 27 1.5 98 65 50
FM SC01200 1220 245 213 M5x8 8 130 30 100 38 110 112 36 62 50 140 - 32 24 M16 - 1/4" F14 36 2 122 80/115 99

Spring return torque ratings in Nm spring


pressure 2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0°
spring
Type

90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and 90° and and 90°
side 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180°
3 36 19 49 33 63 46 76 59 81 64 89 72 103 86 116 99 129 112 156 139 182 166 47,3 30,4
SC00150

4 26 4 39 17 53 30 66 43 71 49 79 57 92 70 106 83 119 97 146 123 172 150 63 40,5


5 42 14 56 28 63 33 69 41 82 54 96 68 109 81 135 107 162 134 78,8 50.7
6 59 25 72 38 85 52 99 65 125 92 152 118 94,5 60,8
3 76 40 103 67 131 95 159 123 170 134 186 150 214 178 242 206 269 234 325 289 380 344 99 63
SC00300

4 55 7 82 34 110 62 138 90 149 101 165 117 193 145 221 173 248 201 304 256 359 311 132 84
5 89 29 117 57 128 68 144 85 172 112 200 140 227 168 283 223 338 278 165 105
6 123 52 151 79 179 107 206 135 262 190 317 245 198 126
3 149 84 206 141 262 198 319 255 342 277 376 311 433 368 489 425 546 481 660 595 773 708 199 135
SC00600

4 104 18 161 75 218 131 274 188 297 211 331 245 388 302 444 358 501 415 615 528 728 642 266 180
5 173 65 229 122 252 144 286 178 343 235 400 292 456 349 570 462 683 575 332 224
6 241 112 298 169 355 225 411 282 525 396 638 509 399 269
3 277 154 383 260 489 367 596 473 638 515 702 579 808 685 915 792 1021 898 1234 1111 1446 1323 378 255
SC01200

4 192 28 298 134 404 241 511 347 553 390 617 453 723 560 830 666 936 772 1149 985 1361 1197 504 340
5 319 114 426 221 468 263 532 327 638 434 745 540 851 646 1064 859 1277 1072 630 425
6 447 201 553 307 660 414 766 520 979 733 1192 946 756 510

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. Fail Mid


No guarantee for accuracy.
0609e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Spring return actuators
180° turning range
Technical Data

Field of application:
Type SC00018 - SC00228 3 or 4 Valves, sampling or appli-
cations with 180° turning range

SC00018 - SC00158
Type SC00308 - SC01208

SC00308 - SC01208

H I min CH h min kg
Dimensions in mm (Type P has only one Flange -> bold printed) weight
Type SC T-ISO
A B C D E F G L M N O P Q Q1 R S W W1 ISO X Z V K
228
SC00018 263 69 59 M5x8 4 80 30 30 12 29 41.5 11 26.5 20 42 - 32 24 M5 - 1/8" F04 11 0.5 34 40 - - 2,0
SC00038 296 85 72 M5x8 8 80 30 35 16 36 47 11 30 20 50 - 32 24 M6 - 1/8" F05 14 0.5 42 40 - - 3,4
SC00068 393 102 84.5 M5x8 8 80 30 35 16 42.5 52 17 30.5 20 50 70 32 24 M6 M8 1/8" F05-07 14 1.5 51 40 - - 5,9
SC00108 456 115 97.5 M5x8 8 80 30 55 19 49.5 56.8 17 32.5 20 50 70 32 24 M8 M8 1/8" F05-07 17 1.5 57 40 - - 8,4
SC00158 502 127 111 M5x8 8 80 30 55 19 56 67 17 37.5 20 70 102 32 24 M8 M10 1/4" F07-10 17 1.5 63 40 - - 11,9
SC00228 587 145 127 M5x8 8 80 30 55 24 64 77 27 42.5 30 70 102 32 24 M8 M10 1/4" F07-10 22 1.5 72 56 - - 17,6
SC00308 630 157 136 M5x8 8 80 30 70 24 69.5 82 27 45 30 70 102 32 24 M8 M10 1/4" F07-10 22 1.5 78 56/65 125 179 22,2
SC00608 802 196 169 M5x8 8 80 30 85 29 88 99 27 52 30 102 125 32 24 M10 M12 1/4" F10-12 27 1.5 98 65 160 219 42,5
SC00908 913 221 191 M5x8 8 130 30 100 38 99 105 36 58 50 140 - 32 24 M16 - 1/4" F14 36 2 112 80/115 - - 62
SC01208 1020 245 213 M5x8 8 130 30 100 38 110 112 36 62 50 140 - 32 24 M16 - 1/4" F14 36 2 122 80/115 198 265 79
Spring return torque ratings in Nm spring
pressure
2,5 bar 3 bar 3,5 bar 4 bar 4,2 bar 4,5 bar 5 bar 5,5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar stroke
SC00108 SC00068 SC00038 SC00018 Type

spring
per side
0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 0° 180° 180° 90°

6 4,3 2,5 5,9 4,1 7,6 5,8 9,3 7,4 9,9 8,1 10,9 9,1 12,6 10,8 14,2 12,4 5,8 4
8 6,2 3,8 7,9 5,5 8,6 6,2 9,6 7,2 11,2 8,8 12,9 10,5 14,6 12,1 17,9 15,5 7,8 5,4
10 8,2 5,2 9,9 6,9 11,5 8,5 13,2 10,2 16,5 13,5 19,8 16,8 9,7 6,7
12 10,2 6,6 11,9 8,2 15,2 11,6 18,5 14,9 11,7 8,1
6 8 4,5 10,9 7,5 13,9 10,4 16,8 13,3 18 14,5 19,7 16,3 22,7 19,2 25,6 22,1 10,1 6,7
8 11,6 7 14,6 10 15,7 11,1 17,5 12,9 20,4 15,8 23,4 18,7 26,3 21,7 32,2 27,5 13,5 8,9
10 15,3 9,5 18,2 12,4 21,1 15,4 24,1 18,3 29,9 24,2 35,8 30 16,9 11,1
12 18,9 12 21,9 14,9 27,7 20,8 33,6 26,7 20,2 13,3
6 15,8 8,3 21,6 14,1 27,5 19,9 33,3 25,8 35,6 28,1 39,1 31,6 44,9 37,4 50,7 43,2 20,8 13,3
8 23 13 28,8 18,8 31,2 21,2 34,7 24,7 40,5 30,5 46,3 36,3 52,1 42,1 63,7 53,7 27,7 17,7
10 30,2 17,7 36,1 23,6 41,9 29,4 47,7 35,2 59,3 46,8 71 58,5 34,6 22,1
12 37,5 22,4 43,3 28,3 54,9 39,9 66,5 51,5 41,5 26,5
6 23,8 11,1 32,9 20,3 42,1 29,4 51,2 38,6 54,9 42,2 60,4 47,7 69,5 56,9 78,7 66 34,7 22
8 34,7 17,9 43,9 27 47,5 30,7 53 36,2 62,2 45,3 71,3 54,5 80,5 63,6 98,8 81,9 46,2 29,3
10 45,7 24,6 54,8 33,8 64 42,9 73,1 52,1 91,5 70,4 109,8 89 57,8 36,7
12 56,7 31 65,8 40,5 84,1 58,8 102,4 77,1 69,3 44
6 36,1 19,2 49,4 32,5 62,7 45,8 76 59,1 81,3 64,4 89,3 72,4 103 85,7 116 99 47,3 30,4
SC01208 SC00908 SC00608 SC00308 SC00228 SC00158

8 52,5 30 65,8 43,3 71,1 48,7 79,1 56,6 92,4 69,9 106 83,2 119 96,5 146 123 63 40,5
10 69 40,9 82,3 54,2 95,6 67,5 109 80,8 135 107 162 134 78,8 50,7
12 85,4 51,7 98,7 65,0 125 92 152 118 94,5 60,8
6 58,3 28,8 79,7 50,3 101 71,8 123 93,3 131 102 144 115 166 136 187 158 78,6 49,2
8 84,8 45,6 106 67,1 115 75,7 128 88,6 149 110 171 132 192 153 235 196 105 65,6
10 111 62,4 133 83,9 154 105 176 127 219 170 262 213 131 82
12 138 79,2 159 101 202 144 245 187 157 98,4
6 75,5 39,6 103 67,3 131 95 159 123 170 134 186 150 214 178 242 206 99 63
8 110 62 138 89,7 149 101 165 117 193 145 221 173 248 201 304 256 132 84
10 144 84,5 172 112 200 140 227 168 283 223 338 278 165 105
12 179 107 206 135 262 190 317 245 198 126
6 149 84 206 141 262 198 319 255 342 277 376 311 433 368 489 425 199 135
8 218 131 274 188 297 211 331 245 388 302 444 358 501 415 615 528 266 180
10 286 178 343 235 400 292 456 349 570 462 683 575 332 224
12 355 225 411 282 525 396 638 509 399 269
6 193 99 270 175 346 252 423 329 454 359 500 405 576 482 653 558 284 190
8 283 157 360 234 390 264 436 310 513 387 589 464 666 540 819 693 379 253
10 337 216 450 292 526 369 603 445 756 599 909 752 474 316
12 463 274 540 351 693 504 846 657 568 379
6 277 154 383 260 489 367 596 473 638 515 702 579 808 685 915 792 378 255
8 404 241 511 347 553 390 617 453 723 560 830 666 936 772 1149 985 504 340
10 532 327 638 434 745 540 851 646 1064 859 1277 1072 630 425
12 660 414 766 520 979 733 1192 946 756 510

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. SC180°


No guarantee for accuracy.
0610e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Fast Acting
Actuators DR/SC00015-00150
Technical Data

Construction: 01 06 19 13 30 18 39 02
21 10
03
31 14 50F 42 08 11
40

15
09
17 16
07 20 60 41 43 12 05

PART PART
UNIT Q.TY PART DESCRIPTION UNIT Q.TY PART DESCRIPTION
N° N°
01 1 OCTI-CAM (Stop arrangement) 16* 2 "O" RING (Piston)
02 2 STOP CAP SCREW 17 min. 5 / max. 12 SPRING (Cartridge)
03 2 WASHER 18 1 SPRING CLIP (Pinion)
04 2 NUT ( CAP SCREW) 19 1 POSITION INDICATOR
05* 2 BEARING (Piston back) 20* 1 "O" RING (Pinion bottom)
06* 1 BEARING (Pinion top) 21* 1 "O" RING (Pinion top)
07* 1 BEARING (Pinion bottom) 30 1 RIGHT END CAPS
08* 2 THRUST BEARING (Pinion) 31 1 LEFT END CAPS
09* 2 PLUG 39 1 CAP SCREW (Indicator)
10 1 THRUST WASHER (Pinion) 40 2 PISTON
11* 4 "O" RING (Stop screw) 41 1 ACTUATOR IDENTIFICATION LABEL
12 2 PISTON GUIDE 42 2 END CAP LABEL
13 8 CAP SCREW (End cap) 43 1 SPIGOT (Only on request)
14* 2 "O" RING (End cap) 50F 1 SPECIAL BODY
15* 2 BEARING (Piston head) 60 1 DRIVE SHAFT
* suggested spare parts for maintenance

Technical Data and Test Conditions:

The minimun operating time indicated is obtained in the following test conditions:
(1) room temperature, (2) actuator stroke 90°, (3) minimum inside diameter for air supply circuit equal to air bore, (4) supply cir-
cuit without solenoid valve, (5) medium: clean air, (6) air supply pressure: 6 bar (80 Psi), (7) actuator without external resistance
load

Caution:
obviously on the field applications when one or more of the above parameters are different, the moving time will be different.

Note:
for other dimensions see catalogue or technical data sheet. For maintenance and installation see manual instruction. Fast acting
actuator cycle life may result lower than standard actuators in relation to field working conditions,

Dimensions:
Minimum operating time (sec.)
Actuator Air Conn. Air Conn. Air Bore (mm)
double acting single acting
Model size Port 2 size Port 4
Port 2 Port 4 open close open close
00015 SS G1/8"-ISO228 G1/8"-ISO228 ø4,5 ø4,5 0,04 0,06 0,07 0,08
4

00030 SS G1/8"-ISO228 G1/8"-ISO228 ø4,5 ø4,5 0,05 0,08 0,12 0,16


2
00060 SS G1/8"-ISO228 G1/8"-ISO228 ø5,5 ø4,5 0,07 0,10 0,18 0,22
Port 2: Port 4: 00100 SS G1/8"-ISO228 G1/8"-ISO228 ø6 ø4,5 0,09 0,12 0,30 0,25
Air Connection Air Connection
for internal chamber for external chamber 00150 SS G1/4"-ISO228 G1/4"-ISO228 ø7 ø5 0,18 0,23 0,40 0,35

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATSCSS


No guarantee for accuracy.
0611e
Older data sheets are invalid.
24 01 06 19 13 32 18 39 02F
23 21 10
Fast Acting
Hex. Head Screw 33 11 03
or
14 24 03 01 06 19
Actuators 50F 13 3242
DR/SC00220-10000 18 39 02F
Socket Screw 08 11
04F 23 21
40F 10
33
Technical Data
Hex. Head Screw
11 03
or
Socket Screw 14 03 50F 42 08 11
04F
40F
24 01 06 19 13 32 18 39 02F
23
Construction:
21 10
Hex. Head Screw 33 11 03
or
Socket Screw 14 03 50F 42 08 11
04F
4 40F

04
4

03 15
04 Hex. Head Screw 09
17 16
4
or
11 07 20 60F Socket Screw 41 43 12 05
03 15
Hex. Head Screw 09
17 16 or
11 07 20 60F Socket Screw 41 43 12 05
04

03 15
Hex. Head Screw 09
17 16 or
11 L Approx. 07 20 60F Socket Screw 41 43 12 05

Dimensions:
L Approx.
Part N° Pcs. Description Part N° Pcs. Description
01(C) 1 OCTI-Cam (Stop arrangement) 16* 2 O-Ring (piston)
02F 2 Stop Cap screw 17 min.5 / max.12 Spring (cartridge)
03 6 Washer 18 1 Spring clip (pinion)
4

L Approx.
04(C) 2 Nut (screw ext. stroke adj.) 19 1 Position indicator
2 04F(C) 2 Nut (screw int. stroke adj.) 20* 1 O-Ring (Pinion bottom)
4
Extra Air Connections 05*(C) 2 Bearing (Piston back) 21* 1 O-Ring (Pinion top)
for external chambers
Port 2: 2
- NOT APPLICABLE FOR MODEL
06* 1 Bearing (Pinion top) 23 2 Screw (int. stroke adj.)
Air Connection DR/SC05000 AND DR/SC10000
internal chamber Extra Air Connections
07* 1 Bearing (Pinion bottom) 24 2 Screw (ext. stroke adj.)
- Air supply holes chambers
for external for DA
Port 2: - Exhaust
- NOTair holes for SR
08* 2 Thrust Bearing (Pinion) 32 (B) 1 Right end caps (treaded)
APPLICABLE FOR MODEL
Air Connection (filter only
4 on request)
DR/SC05000 AND DR/SC10000
09* 2 Plug 33 (B) 1 Left end caps (treaded)
internal chamber
- Air supply holes for DA
2
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 39 1 Cap screw (indicator)
- Exhaust air holes for SR
(filter
Extraonly on request)
11* 6 O-Ring (Stop screw) 40F 2 Piston
Air Connections
for external chambers
Actuator L max 12 2 Piston Guide 41 1 Actuator Identification label
Port 2:
Model
- NOT APPLICABLE FOR MODEL
approx.

Air Connection
13 8 (A) Cap screw 42 2 End cap label
DR/SC05000 AND DR/SC10000
internal chamber only for AT801
00220 SS 385
- Air supply holes for DA
14* 2 O-Ring (end cap) 43 1 Spigot (only on request)
and AT1000
00300 SS 414
- Exhaust air holes for SR
15* 2 Bearing (Pinion head) 50F 1 Body
(filter only on request)
00450 SS 498

4 only for AT801


00600 SS 507 * suggested spare parts for maintenance 60F 1 Drive shaft

and AT1000
00900 SS 584 (A) 12 pcs. for model DR/SC03000, 16 pcs. for model DR/SC05000 and DR/SC10000
01200 SS 625 (B) for models DR/SC00900 and bigger the 2 End Caps are symmetric
02000 SS 716 4 2 (C) for model DR/SC10000: 8 pcs. n°4, 4 pcs. n°5, not applicable part n°01 and 04°F

03000 SS 852

Port 2 with
onlyspecial
Stroke adjustment:
for AT801
05000 SS 1000
2
bigger bore
and AT1000
10000 SS 1100 - at 90° (open) stroke adj. through screw ext. stroke adj. part (part n° 24) on the END CAPS
- at 0° (closed) stroke adj. through screw int. stroke adj. part (part n° 23) on the PISTON

Port42Conditions:
with special
bigger bore
Technical Data and Test

2
Minimum Operating time (sec.)
The minimun operating time indicated is obtained Air Bore (mm)
Actuator Air Connect. Extra Air double acting single acting
in the following test conditions: Model size Port 2 Connection extra Air
Portsupply
2 with special
(1) room temperature, (2) actuator stroke 90°, (3) Port 2
Connect.
open close open close

bigger bore
minimum inside diameter for air circuit equal 00220 SS G1/4"-ISO228 G1/4"-ISO228 ø9 ø8 0,06 0,09 0,15 0,20
to air bore, (4) supply circuit without solenoid valve,
00300 SS G1/4"-ISO228 G1/4"-ISO228 ø9 ø8 0,07 0,10 0,20 0,25
(5) medium: clean air, (6) air supply pressure: 6 bar
00450 SS G1/4"-ISO228 G1/4"-ISO228 ø10 ø10 0,09 0,12 0,22 0,28
(80 Psi), (7) actuator without external resistance
load 00600 SS G1/4"-ISO228 G1/4"-ISO228 ø10 ø10 0,15 0,23 0,28 0,35
00900 SS G3/8"-ISO228 G3/8"-ISO228 ø12 ø12 0,20 0,30 0,32 0,40
01200 SS G3/8"-ISO228 G3/8"-ISO228 ø12 ø12 0,25 0,35 0,38 0,45
02000 SS G1/2"-ISO228 G1/2"-ISO228 ø13 ø13 0,30 0,40 0,46 0,55
Caution: 03000 SS G1/2"-ISO228 G1/2"-ISO228 ø15 ø15 0,35 0,45 0,52 0,60
obviously on the field applications when one or 05000 SS G3/4"-ISO228 - ø20 - 0,40 0,50 1,00 1,30
more of the above parameters are different, the
10000 SS G1"-ISO228 - ø27 - 1,50 1,40
moving time will be different.

Note:
for other dimensions see catalogue or technical data sheet. For maintenance and installation see manual instruction. Fast acting actuator
cycle life may result lower than standard actuators in relation to field working conditions,

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATSCSS


No guarantee for accuracy.
0612e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Pneumatic Actuators
Low Temperature
Technical Data

30/31 17 06 21 19 13 30 08 18 39 03
14 01 50 04
10
40 11
42

02

15 16 07 20 60 41 43 12 05 09
Pos. Qty. Description Material Specification Protection **
OCTI-Cam for type DR/SC 15 + DR/SC 150 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-3 ----------
01 1
OCTI-Cam for type DR/SC 220 + DR/SC 5000 GS 400-15 UNI EN 1563 NOC
02 2 Stop cap screw A2 70 ISO 3506-1 ----------
03 2 Nut A2 70 ISO 3506-2 ----------
04 2 Washer 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2 ----------
05* 2 Bearing (Piston back) PA46 Stanyl TW 300 ----------
Bearing (Pinion top) for type DR/SC15+DR/SC30 PA46 Stanyl TW 300 ----------
06* 1
Bearing (Pinion top) for type DR/SC60+DR/SC5000 PPS+GF ------------- ----------
Bearing (Pinion bottom) for type DR/SC15+DR/SC30 PA46 Stanyl TW 300 ----------
07* 1
Bearing (Pinion bottom) for Type DR/SC60+DR/SC5000 PPS+GF ------------- ----------
08* 2 Thrust bearing (Pinion) PA46 Stanyl TW 300 ----------
09* 2 Plug Silikon NBR 70 SH. A ----------
10 1 Thrust washer (Pinion) 1.4301 UNI EN 10088-2 ----------
11* 2 O-Ring (Stop screw) Special Silicon NBR 70 SH. A ----------
12 2 Piston guide PA66+GF ------------- ----------
8 Cap screw for type DR/SC 15 + DR/SC 2000 A2 70 ISO 3506-1 ----------
13 12 Cap screw for type DR/SC 3000 A2 71 ISO 3506-1 ----------
16 Cap screw for type DR/SC 5000 A2 72 ISO 3506-2 ----------
14* 2 O-Ring (End cap) Special Silicon NBR 70 SH. A ----------
15* 2 Bearing (Piston head) POM ------------- ----------

min. 5
16* 2 O-Ring (Piston) Spezial Silikon NBR 70 SH. A ----------

max. 12
17 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr sping alloy steel UNI EN 10270-2 Standard

18 1 Spring clip (Pinion) C75 UNI EN 10132-4 Standard


19*** 1 Position indicator PA66+GF ------------- ----------
20* 1 O-Ring (Pinion bottom) Special Silicon ----------
21* 1 O-Ring (Pinion top) Special Silicon NBR 70 SH. A ----------
1 End cap right for type DR/SC 15 + DR/SC 600 EN AC-46000 UNI EN 1706 Standard
30 2 End cap right + left for type DR/SC 900 + DR/SC 3000 EN AC-46001 UNI EN 1706 Standard
2 End cap right + left for type DR/SC 5000 EN AC-46002 UNI EN 1706 Standard
31 1 End cap left for type DR/SC 15 + DR/SC 600 EN AC-46003 UNI EN 1706 Standard
39 1 Cap screw (Indicator) A2 70 ISO 3506-1 ----------
Piston for type DR/SC 15 + DR/SC 3000 EN AC-46000 UNI EN 1706 Standard
40 2
Piston for type DR/SC 5000 EN AC-46400 UNI EN 1706 Standard
41 1 Actuator label Polyester-Aluminium RC 45 ----------
42 2 Label (End cap) Polyester-Aluminium RC 23 ----------
43 1 Spigot (only on request) Extra All.. EN AW-6063 UNI EN 573/3 Standard
Body for type DR/SC 15 + DR/SC 3000 Extra All.. EN AW-6063 UNI EN 573/3 Standard
50 1
Body for type DR/SC 5000 All. EN AC-42100 UNI EN 1706 Standard
60 1 Drive shaft 1.4305/303 EN10088-3/ASTMA582 Standard
Notes: * suggested spare parts for maintenance; ** for other kinds of protection see cataloge
*** for ATEX version the indicator material is PA 66 + GF + CARBON BLACK
Lubricant: LLT grease; for operation installation and maintenance see our manual of instruction for use and maintenance

Technical Data: Operating temperature -55°C to +80°C, only for short period of time up to -60°C!
Working pressure: max. 8bar The operating time depends on each application and working conditions.
Operating media: dry or lubricated air or inert/non-corrosive gases provided they are compatible with the internal
actuator parts and lubricant.
The operating media must have a dew point equal at least 10°C below the ambient temperature.
The maximum particel size must not exceed 30µm.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. LLT


No guarantee for accuracy.
0613e
Older data sheets are invalid.
4th Generation

Limit-Switch-Kit

Dimensions of the 4th Generation øD

Multifunction indicator C
for actuators with the size 4
B

Multifunction indicator

A
for actuators with the size 1

Advantages
Direct mounting of double sensor without additional puzzling with cams
perfect visible position of the actuator
Connection acc. to DIN/ISO 5211, VDI/VDE 3845 and NAMUR

Actuator size DR/SR 00015 to DR/SC 00220 to from DR/SC 00900


DR/SR 00150 DR/SC 00600
Size acc. to DIN/ISO 5211 1 2 4
AxB 80 x 30 80 x 30 130 x 30
C 20 30 50
D 40 65 115

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. LinitSwitchKit


No guarantee for accuracy.
0701e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation

Multifunction indicator

Multifunction indicator for actuator size


DR/SC00015-00030 -> A and DR/SC00060-00150 -> B

Standard Indicator for mech. switches


A -> MFAD40SW11 A -> MFAD40SW11M
B -> MFAD40SW17 B -> MFAD40SW17M

Metal pin

Indicator for proximity switch Indicator for proximity switch


Type AT2 Type AT1
A -> MFAD40SW11S A -> MFAD40SW11P
B -> MFAD40SW17S B -> MFAD40SW17P

Indicator for multiport valves Indicator for multiport valves


Typ L Typ T
A -> MFAD40SW11L A -> MFAD40SW11T
B -> MFAD40SW17L B -> MFAD40SW17T

Indicator for multiport valves Indicator for multiport valves


Type L with mechanical switch Type T with mechanical switch
A -> MFAD40SW11ML A -> MFAD40SW11MT
B -> MFAD40SW17ML B -> MFAD40SW17MT

11
Plastic insert SW
Metal insert for
P.N.10519 Plastic indicator
sensor contact
SW11 -> P.N.05518
Typ AT1 P.N.10419 SW17 -> P.N.20519

Plastic insert
P.N.10519
Plastic
insert
17

P.N.10519
SW

Plastic insert
P.N.10519

Metal pin
for sensor Cam insert for
contact mechanical switch
P.N.d5x10
P.N.10619

Cam insert Plastic


for mechani- insert Metal pin for
cal switch P.N.10519 sensor contact
P.N.10619 Metal insert for P.N.d5x10
sensor contact
P.N.10419

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. MFA00015-00150


No guarantee for accuracy.
0702e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation

Multifunction indicator

Multifunction indicator for actuator size


DR/SC00220-00300 -> C and DR/SC00450-00600 -> D

Standard
C -> MFAD56SW27 only visual indication
MFAD56SW27
D -> MFAD65SW27

Special S.S. screws


Indicator for proximity switch Indicator for mechanical switches
For IFM plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested. Plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested.
C, D -> MFAD65SW27S C, D -> MFAD65SW27M

Indication for multiport valve Indication for multiport valve


Type L Type T
C, D -> MFAD65SW27L C, D -> MFAD65SW27T

Indication for multiport valve Indication for multiport valve


Type L with mechanical switch Type T with mechanical switch
Plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested. Plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested.
C, D -> MFAD65SW27ML C, D -> MFAD65SW27MT

Plastic
Special S.S. screw indicator Special S.S. screw
for sensor contact Plastic P.N.45519
for sensor contact
P.N.40319 insert P.N.40319
P.N.50519

Plastic insert
Plastic P.N.50519
insert
P.N.50519
Plastic insert
P.N.50519

SW 27

Special
S.S. screw
for sensor
contact Cam insert for
P.N.40319 mechanical switch
Cam insert for Special S.S. screw P.N.50619
mechanical switch for sensor contact
P.N.50619 P.N.40319

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. MFA00220-00600


No guarantee for accuracy.
0703e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation

Multifunction indicator

Multifunction indicator for actuator size


DR/SC00900-01200 -> E and DR/SC02000-05000 -> F

Standard
E -> MFAD80SW36 only visual indication MFAD80SW36
F -> MFAD115SW36

Special S.S. screw

Indicator for proximity switch Indicator for mechanical switch


For IFM plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested. Plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested.

E, F -> MFAD115SW36S E, F -> MFAD115SW36M

Indicator for multiport valve Indicator for multiport valve


Type L Type T
E, F -> MFAD115SW36L E, F -> MFAD115SW36T

Indicator for multiport valve Indicator for multiport valve


Type L with mechanical switch Type T with mechanical switch
Plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested. Plate P.N. MOPLIFIND is requested.
E, F -> MFAD115SW36ML E, F -> MFAD115SW36MT

Plastic
indicator Plastic insert
Plastic insert P.N.65519 P.N.60519
P.N.60519

Special S.S. screws


for sensor contact
P.N.40319

Special S.S. screws


for sensor contact
P.N.40319

Plastic insert
T.Nr.60519
Plastic insert

SW 36
P.N.60519

Special S.S. screws


for sensor contact
P.N.40319

Cam insert for Cam insert for


mechanical switch mechanical switch
P.N.60619 P.N.60619

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. MFA00900-05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0704e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation
Adaptors
in stainless steel or steel + ENP

Adaptor for actuator size


Part number Description
DR/SC00015-00030
Adaptor SCHE19 Sintered stainless steel cover
Type SCHE19 adaptor for actuator sizes
DR/SC00015-00030

SCHS19 Carbon steel + ENP cover


Screw adapter for actuator sizes
M4 x 4 DR/SC00015-00030

SW
19
Adaptor with VDI/VDE slot for switch box and posi-
tioner connection, high temperature service etc.
For emergency override use only adaptor type
SCHS.
Adaptor for actuator size
DR/SC00060-00150 Part number Description
Adaptor
Type SCHE30 SCHE30 Sintered stainless steel cover
adaptor for actuator sizes
DR/SC00060-00150
SW

SCHS30 Carbon steel + ENP cover


30

Screw adapter for actuator sizes


M4 x 4 DR/SC00060-00150

Adaptor with VDI/VDE slot for switch box and posi-


tioner connection, high temperature service etc.
For emergency override use only adaptor type
Adaptor for actuator size SCHS.
DR/SC00220-00600
Adaptor Part number Description
Type SCHE44
SCHE44 Sintered stainless steel cover
adaptor for actuator sizes
DR/SC00220-00600

SCHS44 Carbon steel + ENP cover


Screw
M4 x 8
adapter for actuator sizes
DR/SC00220-00600

SW 44
Adaptor with VDI/VDE slot for switch box and posi-
tioner connection, high temperature service etc.
Adaptor for actuator size
DR/SC00900-5000
Part number Description
Adaptor
Type SCHE56 SCHE56 Sintered stainless steel cover
adaptor for actuator sizes
DR/SC00900-05000

SCHS56 Carbon steel + ENP cover


adapter for actuator sizes
Screw DR/SC00900-05000
M4 x 8

Adaptor with VDI/VDE slot for switch box and posi-


SW 56 tioner connection, high temperature service etc.

Modifications reserved. Date 10.2007. MFAE00015-05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0705e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation
Reductions
Spigots

Reduction Typ A B C D E
ADH 11/09 11 9 11 12.3 14
ADH 14/10 14 10 16 a.A. a.A.
ADH 14/11 14 11 16 14.3 18
ADH 14/12 14 12 16 a.A. a.A.
ADH 17/10 17 10 17 a.A. a.A.
ADH 17/11 17 11 17 14.3 22
ADH 17/12 17 12 17 a.A. a.A.
ADH 17/14 17 14 17 18.3 22
ADH 22/16 22 16 22 a.A. a.A.
ADH 22/17 22 17 22 22.5 28
ADH 27/22 27 22 27 28.5 36
ADH 36/27 36 27 36 36 44.9

Spigot Typ DR/SC Flansch Zentrierring D (f8) d H


00015 F03 ZR0015F03 25 21.7 3
00015 -> 00030 F04 ZR0015F04 30 25 3.5
00030 F05 ZR0030F05 35 30 4
00060 F05 ZR0060F05 35 32.2 4
00100 -> 00300 F07 ZR0100F07 55 48 4.5
00220 -> 00600 F10 ZR0220F10 70 62 5
00450 -> 00900 F12 ZR0450F12 85 76 6
01200 F12 ZR1200F12 85 78 4.5
00900 -> 02000 F14 ZR0900F14 100 90 7
02000 -> 03000 F16 ZR3000F16 130 120 9

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ADHZR00015-05000


No guarantee for accuracy.
0706e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation

Safety lockout

These instructions contain the requested informations needed to fit on standard actuator the safety
lockout kit. The safety lockout kit supplied contains all requested parts.

A) Removal of the stop cap screws:


• Remove from the body both the existing standard stop cap screws (02) together with nut (04),
washer (03), and O-ring (11), figure A.
• Insert on special longer screw (226) and on standard stop cap screw (02) the special nut (228), the
washer (03) and the O-ring (11), figure B.
fig A
fig A fig BB
fig
Washer (03)
Washer (03)
fig A fig B
fig
fig A
A fig
fig BB Washer (03)
Special
Special Standard
Standard
longer screw
Washer
longer
Washer (03)
screw (226)
(226)
(03) stop cap
stop cap screw
screw (02)**
(02)**
Special Standard
Special
Special
longer nut (228)
nut (228)
Specialscrew
Special (226) stop cap
Standard
Standard
Special
Special screw
nut
nut (228)(02)**
(228)
longer screw
screw (226)
longer"O"Ring
"O"Ring (226)
(11)
(11) stop
stop cap
cap screw
screw (02)**
(02)**
02
02
Special nut (228)
Special nut (228)
**BFor
** BFormodel
model15
15the
thescrew
screw(02) Special
(02)isisnot
not Special nut
nutisis(228)
standardand
standard and (228)
includedin
included inthe
thekit.
kit.
02 "O"Ring (11) Special
Special nut
nut (228)
(228)
02
02 "O"Ring
"O"Ring (11)
(11)
** BFor model 15 the screw (02) is not standard and is included in the kit.
B) Assembly of stop cap screws
**
**BFor
BFormodel
model1515the
thescrew
screw(02)
(02)isisnot
notstandard
standardand
andisisincluded
includedin
inthe
thekit.
kit.
• Before proceeding in assembly in the body the special longer screw and the standard stop screw,
check what is the stop position required: if the stop position is fully close (0°) or fully open (90°),
figure C. Attention: when the screws are fitted the actuator position must be 0° ±1° or 90°±1°.
• Then fit in the body the screws until the desired stop position is achieved, then tighten the special
fig
nut Special longer
lock it longer
(228) andSpecial
fig C
C screw position
screw
in place, position
figure C. Special longer
Special longer screw
screw position
position
to lock
to lock in
in 0°
0° (close)
(close) position
position to lock
to lock in
in 90°
90° (open)
(open) position
position
fig C Special longer screw position
Topview
Top view Special longer screw position
Topview
Top view
fig
fig C
C Special
to lock longer
Special longer
in screw position
screwposition
0° (close) position Special
Special
to lock inlonger
longer screw
90° (open) position
screwposition
position
to
to lock
lock in
in 0° (close)
0°Top
(close)
view position
position to
to lock
lock in
in 90°
Top(open)
90° (open)
view position
position
Top
Top view
view Top
Top view
view

special longer
special longer Standard
Standard special
special
screw (226)
screw (226) stop cap
stop cap screw
screw (02)
(02) longer screw
longer screw (226)
(226)
special longer Standard special
screw (226)
special
special longer
longer stop cap screw (02)
Standard
Standard longer
specialscrew (226)
special
screw
screw (226)
(226) stop
stop cap
cap screw
screw (02)
(02) longer
longer screw
screw (226)
(226)

C) Assembly of safety cover and pad lock


• Insert the safety cover (229) on special nut as shown in figure D.
fig DD fig EE
• Then insert in the hole of safety cover the pad lock (230) and lock it, figure E.
fig fig
• For safety reasons keep the pad lock key in a safe place.
fig D fig E Pad lock
Pad lock
fig
fig DD fig
fig EE (230)
(230)
Pad lock
(230)
Pad
Pad lock
lock
(230)
(230)
Safety
Safety
cover
cover
(229)
(229)
Safety
cover
Safety
Safety
cover
(229)
cover
(229)
(229)

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. Safety lockout


No guarantee for accuracy.
0707e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation

Safety lockout

Safety lockout in fully open or fully closed position on 4th Generation actuator DR and SC

Label:
Pad lock

!
WARNING!
(230) Compressed air
Label:
do not remove.
Pad lock

!
WARNING!
ACHTUNG!
(230) Compressed
Nicht air
herausdrehen
do notsteht
Antrieb remove.
unter Druck.

ACHTUNG!
ATTENTION!
Nicht
Ne pas herausdrehen
démonter,
Antrieb steht
présence d'air unter Druck.
comprimé.

ATTENTION!
Ne pas démonter,
présence d'air comprimé.

"O"Ring (11)
Washer (03)
Safety
"O"Ring (11)
cover (229)
Washer (03)
Safety
Standard
cover (229)
stop cap screw (02)**
Washer (03)
Standard
Safety cover (229)
stop cap
Special screw
screw (02)**
(228)
Washer (03)
Safety cover
Special screw(229)
(226)
Special screw (228)
Parts and quantities

Special screw (226)


for one kit

Special nut (228) part-N° pcs


"O"Ring (11) 2 1
Special nut (228) 3 2
Note: Special longer screw to use only to lock
"O"Ring (11)
the actuator in fully open (90°) or fully close
11 2
(0°) position, when requested.
Note: Special longer screw to use only to lock
226 1
the actuator
** For model 00015 stopin fully
cap open
screw(90°)
(02) or fullystandard.
is not close 228 2
(0°) position, when requested.
229 1
** For model 00015 stop cap screw (02) is not standard. 230 1

DR/SC 00015 00030 00060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000
Kit VK00015 VK00030 VK00060 VK00100 VK00150 VK00220 VK00300 VK00450 VK00600 VK00900 VK01200 VK02000 VK03000

A 17.5 20 25 25 30 30 30 35 35 40 40 40 50
B 50 91 80 80 90 106 106 133 133 135 156 156 185
C 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
D 44.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 90.5 90.5 90.5 90.5

C E
E 13.5 13.5 18 18 21 25.5 25.5 29.5 29.5 33 38 38 44
A

C E
A
D

B
D

Note: The safety lock out kit can be ordered separately.

Note: The safety lock out kit can be ordered separately.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. Safety lockout


No guarantee for accuracy.
0708e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Accessory 4th Generation

Travel stop adjustment

Actuator with travel stop adjustment


50% or 100% travel stop

Special threaded Special threaded


left end cap (33) right end cap (32)
Special threaded
piston (42)
"O"Ring (11) Hex. head screw (1)
Washer (03)

Nut (04)
Travel stop
screw
(221 - 50%)
(222 - 100%)

Washer (03)

Piston screw (220) L min.

L max.

Parts and quantities for one actuator


part-N° 03 04 11 32 (A) 33 (A) 221G (50%) 222G (100%)
pcs 2 2 2 1 1 2 2
(A) - for model 00900 and higher the 2 special threaded end caps are symmetric

Actuator with travel stop for 50% stroke adjustment


DR/SC 00015 00030 00060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000 05000
L min 162 180 244 270 296 365 371 453 468 521 624 659 760 918
L max 176 196 266 295 324 399 409 497 515 571 680 725 838 1006
screw A-SW3 A-SW4 A-SW5 B-SW8 B-SW10 B-SW10 B-SW13 B-SW17 B-SW22

Actuator with travel stop for 100% stroke adjustment


DR/SC 00015 00030 0060 00100 00150 00220 00300 00450 00600 00900 01200 02000 03000 05000
L min 158 184 242 280 303 356 368 449 461 531 628 653 762 910
L max 186 216 286 330 359 424 444 537 555 631 739 785 918 1086
screw A-SW3 A-SW4 A-SW5 B-SW8 B-SW10 B-SW10 B-SW13 B-SW17 B-SW22

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. Travel stop


No guarantee for accuracy.
0709e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Automation
Stainless steel

Automation unit with 3-piece ball valve


3-piece ball valve with thread ends, full bore, PN 63; DN10 - 100 in stainless steel
Temperature range automation unit: -20°C to +80°C Detail : " X " O
other temperatures on req., temperature range ball valve: -20°C to +200°C
M N

30
4
4
M5x8 ØZ
View : X
H

80

A
B

15
T
14

32
H1

13
P

24 12
11
10
9
H2

8
7
3
DN
G

Face-to-face dimensions of the 5


valve acc. to DIN 3202-M3
4
The units are suitable for 6 bar 6
control pressure and for lubrica-
ting, neutral medias. Units for 2
not lubricating, crystallizing SW
medias or medias with particles 1
L B1
on request.

Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material


1 1 Body 1.4408 9 1 Thrust washer PTFE
2 2 End cap 1.4408 10 1 Stem 1.4401
3 1 Ball 1.4401 11 1 O-Ring Viton
4 4 - 12 Bolt washer 1.4301 12 3 Stem seal PTFE
5 4 - 12 Bolt nut 1.4301 13 1 Gland ring 1.4301
6 4 - 12 Bolt 1.4301 14 2 Bevel washer spring steel
7 2 Seat ring PTFE verst. 15 1 Gland nut 1.4301
8 2 Body seal PTFE

Type1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC
Size 00015 00015 00015 00015 00015 00030 00015 00030 00030 00060 00030 00060 00060 00100 00060 00100 00060 00150 00100 00150 00150 00220
G 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"
DN 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
L 60 60 75 80 90 110 120 140 185 205 240
SW 24 24 29 35 41 50 58 73 90 105 135
B1 50 50 50 54 60 72 81 99 125 190 222
H2 40 40 40 44 52 58 68 77 98 110 138

A 141 141 141 141 141 159 141 159 159 211 159 211 211 248 211 248 211 269 248 269 269 315
B 69 69 69 69 69 85 69 85 85 102 85 102 102 115 102 115 102 127 115 127 127 145
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30
H1 129 129 129 129 129 145 133 149 157 174 163 180 190 203 199 212 220 245 245 257 285 313
P 27 27 27 27 27 30 27 30 30 31 30 31 31 33 31 33 31 38 33 38 38 43
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 56/65
O 71 71 71 71 71 83 71 83 83 95 83 95 95 107 95 107 95 123 107 123 123 141
M 29 29 29 29 29 36 29 36 36 43 36 43 43 50 43 50 43 56 50 56 56 64
N 42 42 42 42 42 47 42 47 47 52 47 52 52 57 52 57 52 67 57 67 67 77
1) Type DR -> double acting, Typ SC -> single acting

Modifications reserved. Date 11.2004. AutoDRSC


No guarantee for accuracy.
0801e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Automation
Stainless steel

Automation unit with 3-piece ball valve


3-piece ball valve with weld ends, full bore, PN 63; DN10 - 100 in stainless steel
Temperature range automation unit: -20°C to +80°C Detail : " X " (verkl.) O
other temperatures on req., temperature range ball valve: -20°C to +200°C
M N

30
4
4
M5x8 ØZ
View: : X
Ansicht
H

80

A
15
B

14
T
13

32
H1

12
P

24
11
10
9
8
H2

7
Face-to-face dimen- 3
sions of the valve
4
DN

acc. to DIN 3202-S13


G

The units are suitable for 6 5


bar control pressure and for 6
lubricating, neutral medias.
Units for not lubricating, 2
crystallizing medias or
medias with particles on L
1 B1
request.
Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material
1 1 Body 1.4408 9 1 Thrust washer PTFE
2 2 End cap 1.4408 10 1 Stem 1.4401
3 1 Ball 1.4401 11 1 O-Ring Viton
4 4 - 12 Bolt washer 1.4301 12 3 Stem seal PTFE
5 4 - 12 Bolt nut 1.4301 13 1 Gland ring 1.4301
6 4 - 12 Bolt 1.4301 14 2 Bevel washer spring steel
7 2 Seat ring PTFE verst. 15 1 Gland nut 1.4301
8 2 Body seal PTFE

Typ1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC
Größe 00015 00015 00015 00015 00015 00030 00015 00030 00030 00060 00030 00060 00060 00100 00060 00100 00060 00150 00100 00150 00150 00220
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"
G 20 20 23 28 34 41 49 62 78 94 125
DN 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
L 70 70 75 90 100 110 125 150 190 220 270
B1 50 50 50 54 60 72 81 99 125 190 222
H2 40 40 40 44 52 58 68 77 98 110 138

A 141 141 141 141 141 159 141 159 159 211 159 211 211 248 211 248 211 269 248 269 269 315
B 69 69 69 69 69 85 69 85 85 102 85 102 102 115 102 115 102 127 115 127 127 145
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30
H1 129 129 129 129 129 145 133 149 157 174 163 180 190 203 199 212 220 245 245 257 285 313
P 27 27 27 27 27 30 27 30 30 31 30 31 31 33 31 33 31 38 33 38 38 43
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 56/65
O 71 71 71 71 71 83 71 83 83 95 83 95 95 107 95 107 95 123 107 123 123 141
M 29 29 29 29 29 36 29 36 36 43 36 43 43 50 43 50 43 56 50 56 56 64
N 42 42 42 42 42 47 42 47 47 52 47 52 52 57 52 57 52 67 57 67 67 77
1) Type DR -> double acting, Typ SC -> single acting

Modifications reserved. Date 11.2004.


No guarantee for accuracy. AutoDRSC
Older data sheets are invalid. 0802e
Technical Data
Automation
Stainless Steel

Automation unit with 2-piece ball valve


2-piece ball valve with thread ends, full bore, PN63; DN8 - 100 in stainless steel
Temperature range automation unit: -20°C to +80°C
other temperatures on request, temperatures ball valve: -20°C to +200°C

Detail : " X " (verkl.) O


4
M N

30
4
M5x8 ØZ
Ansicht
View: : X
H

80

A
B

T
10
32
H1

9
P

24 8
11 7
12 6
5
H2

4
Ø D ±0.15
G

13
3
2
L ±1.0 1

Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material All dimensions in mm.
1 1 Body 1.4408 8 2 Spring 1.4301 Face-to-face dimensions
2 1 End cap 1.4408 9 1 Nut 1.4301 of the valve acc. to DIN
3 2 Ball seat PTFE 10 1 Ring 1.4301 3202 M3,
4 1 Thrust washer PTFE 11 1 Stem 1.4401 BSP thread
5 1 Body seal PTFE 12 1 O-Ring Viton
6 2 Stem packing PTFE 13 1 Ball 1.4401
7 1 Gland nut 1.4401

Type1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC
The units are suitable for
Size 00015 00015 00015 00015 00015 00030 00015 00030 00030 00060 00030 00060 00030 00060 00060 00100
6 bar control pressure
G 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2"
and for lubricating, neu-
ØD 11,6 12,7 15 20 25 31,8 38 50,8
tral medias.
L 50 60 75 80 90 110 120 140
Units for not lubricating,
H2 50 50 53 64 71 82 93 115
crystallizing medias or
medias with particles on
A 141 141 141 141 141 159 141 159 159 211 159 211 159 211 211 248
request.
B 69 69 69 69 69 85 69 85 85 102 85 102 85 102 102 115
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
H1 139 139 139 139 142 158 153 169 176 193 187 204 198 215 237 250
P 27 27 27 27 27 30 27 30 30 31 30 31 30 31 31 33
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8"
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
O 71 71 71 71 71 83 71 83 83 95 83 95 83 95 95 107
M 29 29 29 29 29 36 29 36 36 43 36 43 36 43 43 50
N 42 42 42 42 42 47 42 47 47 52 47 52 47 52 52 57
1) Type DR -> double acting, Typ SC -> single acting

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. AutoDRSC


No guarantee for accuracy.
0803e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Automation
Stainless Steel

Automation unit with compact flange ball valve


Compact flange ball valve, full bore, PN16/40; DN15 - 100 in stainless steel
DN15 - DN50 flanges acc. to PN 40; DN65 - DN100 flanges acc. to PN 16
Temperature range automation unit: -10°C to +80°C
other temperatues on req., temperature range ball valve: Detail : " X " (verkl.) O
-10°C to +140°C 4
M N

30
4
M5x8 ØZ
View:: X
Ansicht
H

80

A
B

32
H1

24

14 11
12 10
H2

13 9
8
7
DN

5
The units are suitable for 6 6
ØG

bar control pressure and for 4


lubricating, neutral medias.
Units for not lubricating, 3
crystallizing medias or 2
medias with particles on M
request.
L ±1.6 1 B1

Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material


1 1 Body 1.4408 8 1 Stem 1.4401
2 1 End cap 1.4408 9 2 Disc spring SUS 301
3 2 Seat PTFE 10 1 Gland nut 1.4301
4 1 Ball 1.4401 11 1 Tab washer 1.4301
5 1 Thrust washer PTFE 12 1 optional antistatic 1.4301
6 1 Body seat PTFE 13 1 O-Ring Viton
7 1 Gland packing PTFE 14 2 Gland 1.4301

Type(1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC
Size 00015 00030 00015 00030 00030 00060 00030 00060 00060 00100 00060 00150 00100 00220 00100 00220 00150 00300
1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 76 96
L 40 44 53 58.4 62 78 100 120 152
ØG 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180
M M12x1,75 M12x1,75 M12x1,75 M16x2 M16x2 M16x2 M16x2 M16x2 M16x2
B1 95 105 115 135 145 155 185 200 220
H2 60 64.3 64.6 69 76.3 85.7 105 123 132

A 141 159 141 159 159 211 159 211 211 248 211 269 248 315 248 315 269 345
B 69 85 69 85 85 102 85 102 102 115 102 127 115 145 115 145 127 157
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 20 30 20 30
H1 149 165 153 169 170 187 174 191 198 211 208 233 240 280 258 298 279 319
P 27 30 27 30 30 31 30 31 31 33 31 38 33 43 33 43 38 45
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" 1/8" 1/4" 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 56/65 40 56/65 40 56/65
O 71 83 71 83 83 95 83 95 95 107 95 123 107 141 107 141 123 152
M 29 36 29 36 36 43 36 43 43 50 43 56 50 64 50 64 56 70
N 42 47 42 47 47 52 47 52 52 57 52 67 57 77 57 77 67 82
1) Type DR -> double acting, Typ SC -> single acting

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. AutoDRSC


No guarantee for accuracy.
0804e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Automation
Brass

Automation unit with brass ball valve


Ball valve with thread ends, full bore, PN 40; DN8 - 50 in brass
Temperature range automation unit: -20°C to +80°C
other temperatures on request, temperature range ball valve: -20°C to +200°C

Detail : " X " (verkl.) O


4 M N

30
4
View: M5x8 ØZ
Ansicht : X
H

80

A
B

T
H1

32
P

24

8
H2

7
6
5
DN
G

4
3
2
1 SW
L B1

Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material All dimensions
1 1 Body 2.0402 nickel plated 5 2 Ball seat PTFE in mm.
2 1 End Cap 2.0402 nickel plated 6 1 Stern seat PTFE Face-to-face
3 1 Ball 2.0402 nickel plated 7 2 O-Ring Viton dimensions of
4 1 Stern 2.0402 nickel plated 8 1 Coupling 2.0402 nickel plated the valve acc.
to DIN 3202 M3,
Type1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC
Thread acc. to
Size 00006 00015 00006 00015 00006 00015 00015 00015 00015 00030 00030 00060 00030 00100 00060 00100
G 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2"
DIN 2999, Part 1
DN 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
L 50 60 75 80 90 110 120 140
The units are
SW 19 22 27 32 41 50 55 70
suitable for 6
B1 25,5 25,5 34 44 53 66 79 95
bar control
pressure and
H2 33 34 35.5 45,5 49,5 63 69 85
for lubricating,
A 115 141 115 141 115 141 141 141 141 159 159 211 159 248 211 248 neutral medias.
B 45 69 45 69 45 69 69 69 69 85 85 102 85 115 102 115 Units for not
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 lubricating,
H1 98 122 99 123 100,5 124,5 134,5 134,5 138,5 105 168 185 174 204 207 220 crystallizing
P *) 27 *) 27 *) 27 27 27 27 30 30 31 30 33 31 33 medias or
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" medias with
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 particles on
O 45 71 45 71 45 71 71 71 71 83 83 95 83 107 95 107 request.
M 22,5 29 22,5 29 22,5 29 29 29 29 36 36 43 36 50 43 50
N 22,5 42 22,5 42 22,5 42 42 42 42 47 47 52 47 57 52 57
*) port for solenoid valve turned for 90°

Modifications reserved. Date 11.2004.


No guarantee for accuracy.
AutoDRSC
Older data sheets are invalid. 0805e
Technical Data
Automation
Stainless Steel

Automation unit with 3-way valve


3-way ball valve with L or T bore, PN 63; DN8 - 50 in stainless steel
Temperature range automation unit: -20°C bis +80°C
other temperatures on request, temperature range ball valve: -20°C to +150°C
O
4 Detail : " X " (verkl.)
M N

30
View:: X
Ansicht ØZ
M5x8
H

80

A
B

11
T
H1

10
32

9
P

24 8
7
6
H2

5
12
ØD

4
G

13
3
2
L
1 PORT 1 2 3 4
TYP
Prinziple of the possible positions of the ball valve,
turning range actuator 90° (turning range 180° or
L 1
3
2 1
3
2 1
3
2 1
3
2

3-position actuators on request):


T 1
3
2 1
3
2 1
3
2 1
3
2

Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material


1 1 Body 1.4408 8 2 Disc spring 1.4301
2 3 End Cap 1.4408 9 1 Gland Nut 1.4301
3 4 Seat PTFE reinf. 10 1 Tab washer 1.4301
4 1 Thrust washer PTFE 11 1 Handle 1.4301
5 3 Body Gasket PTFE 12 1 O-Ring Viton
6 2 Stern packing PTFE 13 1 Ball 1.4401
7 1 Gland 1.4301

Type 1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC The units are suita-


size 00015 00015 00015 00015 00015 00030 00015 00030 00030 00060 00030 00060 00030 00100 00060 00100 ble for 6 bar control
G 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" pressure and for
ØD 11,6 12,7 12 15 20 25 32 40 lubricating, neutral
L 80 80 80 88 100 123 143 171 medias.
H2 36 36 36 42 46,5 52 57,5 66

A 141 141 141 141 141 159 141 159 159 211 159 211 159 248 211 248 Units for not lubrica-
B 69 69 69 69 69 85 69 85 85 102 85 102 85 115 102 115 ting, crystallizing
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 medias or medias
H1 125 125 125 125 125 141 131 147 151,5 168,5 157 174 162,5 192,5 188 201 with particles on
P 27 27 27 27 27 30 27 30 30 31 30 31 30 33 31 33 request.
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8"
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
O 71 71 71 71 71 83 71 83 83 95 83 95 83 107 95 107
M 29 29 29 29 29 36 29 36 36 43 36 43 36 50 43 50
N 42 42 42 42 42 47 42 47 47 52 47 52 47 57 52 57
1) Type DR -> double acting, Typ SC -> single acting

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. AutoDRSC-LT


No guarantee for accuracy.
0806e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Technical Data
Automation
Stainless steel

Automation unit with flange ball valve FKHE-VL816


Flange ball valve acc. to face-to-face length DIN 3202 F4, PN 16; DN15 - 100 in stainless steel O
M N
Temperature range automation unit: -20°C to +80°C
other temperatures o.r., temperature range ball valve: -20°C to +200°C

4
Maintenance-free, self- ØZ

H
adjustable stem bearing

spring backed

A
packing box
acc. to
TA-Luft

B
Anti blow out T
12
32
stem

H1
24 11
P

Antistatic design

10
9
dead space reduced

8
full bore

H2
6
optional: 14
DN

Fire safe acc. to 3


4
BS 6755 and ISO 10497

5
13
Material certificate acc. to
EN 10204/3.1B
2
L 1

Pos. pcs description material Pos. pcs description material


1 1 Body 1.4408 8 1 V-Ring package PTFE
2 1 End cap 1.4408 9 1 clamping ring 1.4401
3 1 Ball 1.4401/08 10 1 disc spring 1.4301
4 2 Ball seat PTFE reinf. 11 1 hexagonal nut A2
5 1 Body seal PTFE 12 1 lock washer 1.4301
6 1 Stem 1.4401 13 4/8 hexagon bolt A4-70
7 1 bottom bearing PTFE reinf. 14 1 Antistatic ball 1.4401

Type1) DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC DR SC
size 00030 00030 00030 00030 00030 00060 00030 00060 00060 00100 00060 00100 00100 00150 00150 00220 00220 00300
G 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4"
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
L 115 120 125 130 140 150 170 180 190
H2 50 53,5 58,5 71 76 83,5 95 113 131

A 159 158 159 158 158 210 158 210 210 247 210 247 248 268 269 315 315 345
B 85 85 85 85 85 102 85 102 102 115 102 115 115 127 127 145 145 157
H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30
H1 155 155 158 158 163 180 176 193 198 211 205 218 230 242 260 288 306 318
P 30 30 30 30 30 31 30 31 31 33 31 33 33 38 38 43 43 45
T 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/8" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"
ØZ 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 56/65 56/65 56/65
O 83 83 83 83 83 95 83 95 95 107 95 107 107 123 123 141 141 152
M 36 36 36 36 36 43 36 43 43 50 43 50 50 56 56 64 64 70
N 47 47 47 47 47 52 47 52 52 57 52 57 57 67 67 77 77 82
1) Type DR -> double acting, Typ SC -> single acting

The units are suitable for 6 bar control pressure and for lubricating, neutral medias.
Units for not lubricating, crystallizing medias or medias with particles on request.

Modifications reserved. Date 11.2004. AutoDRSC-VL


No guarantee for accuracy.
0807e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

CONTENENTS
1) GENERAL
2) SAFETY NOTICE
3) WORKING CONDITIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA
4) OPERATING FUNCTION AND DIRECTION OF ROTATION
5) ACTUATOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION
6) MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION
7) STORAGE INSTRUCTION

1) GENERAL
This instruction manual contains important information regarding the installation, operation, main-
tenance and storage for AIR TORQUE rack and pinion pneumatic actuators. Please read these
instructions carefully and save them for future reference. It is important that only properly trained
personnel disassemble/assemble the actuator.

2) SAFETY NOTICE
• It is important that the actuator should only be used within pressure limits indicated in our techni-
cal specifications.
• Operating the actuator over pressure limits will damage internal parts as well as cause damage
to the housing.
• Operating the actuator over temperature limits will damage internal and external components
(disassembly of spring return actuator may become dangerous).
• Operating the actuator in corrosive environments with incorrect protection may damage the
internal and external parts.
• Do not disassemble individual spring cartridges. Disassembly may result in personal injury. For fur-
ther information contact Air Torque.
• Isolate all air lines and make sure that actuator air connection is vented before installation or ser-
vicing of the actuator.
• Do not remove end caps or disassemble the actuator while the actuator is pressurised.
• Before installing onto a valve make sure that the rotation of the valve and the actuator are the
same and that the position indicator orientation is also correct.
• If the actuator is incorporated in a system or used within safety devices or circuits, the customer
shall ensure that the national and local safety laws and regulations are observed.

3) WORKING CONDITIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA


• Operating media:
Dry or lubricated air or inert/non-corrosive gases provided they are compatible with internal actu-
ator parts and lubricant. The operating media must have a dew point equal to –20°C (-4°F) or at
least 10°C below the ambient temperature. The maximum particle size must not exceed 30 µm.
• Supply pressure:
The maximum supply pressure is 8 Bar (116 PSI).
Generally for Double Acting and Spring Return actuator the supply pressure is: from 2.5 Bar (36 PSI)
minimum to 8 Bar (116 PSI) maximum.
• Operating Temperature:
Standard product from –20oC (-4oF) to +80oC (+176oF).
Low temperature LT actuator with silicon "O'' rings from -40oC (-40oF) to +80oC (+176o F).
High temperature HT actuator with FPM "O” rings from –15oC (+5oF) to +150oC (+300oF)
Caution: For low and high temperature service, special grease is required. Please contact
AIR TORQUE for each application. High and low temperature will vary the output torque of the
actuator.

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0901e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

• Operating Time:
See Technical Data Sheet.
Caution: The operating speeds depend on several factors such as: supply pressure/supply capac-
ity (i.e. pipe diameter/flow capacity or pneumatic accessory), valve type, valve torque and char-
acteristics, what safety factor is to be applied, frequency of operation and temperature.

• Stroke:
The stroke for AIR TORQUE actuators are as follows (See technical data):
Standard construction: 90° rotation with stroke adjustment at 0° and 90° + or – 4°
Type Y 120o stroke: 120° rotation with stroke adjustment at 0° and 120° + or – 4°
Type X 180o stroke: 180° rotation with stroke adjustment at 0° and 180° + or – 4°

• Lubrication:
The actuators are factory lubricated for the life of the actuator in normal working conditions.
The standard lubricant is suitable for use from -20oC (-4oF) to +80oC (+176o F). For low (LT) and high
(HT) temperature service, where special grease is required please contact AIR TORQUE.
Recommended Air Torque actuator lubricants for standard working conditions:
- Kluber Unigear LA02
- Esso (Exxon) Beacon EP2
- Fina Marson EP L2
- Shell Alvania EP2
- Mobilux EP2

• Construction:
Rack and pinion actuator design suitable for both indoor or outdoor installations.

• Protection and Corrosion resistance:


Ensure actuators are supplied with corrosion protections for normal environments. For severe duties
select the protection required for corrosion protection. See technical data sheet before installing
actuators.

• Actuator designation and Marking:


The actuator type, size, operating pressure, output torque, direction of rotation, orientation of fail-
ure mode, operating temperature and drive type are determined by actuator designation.
AIR TORQUE actuators are supplied with a label showing all of this information: type, model (includ-
ing protection and if applicable the LT or HT for operating temperature), stroke, maximum permis-
sible supply pressure, direction of rotation, output torque, ancillary attachment, pressure connec-
tion, valve actuator attachment and serial number.

4) OPERATING FUNCTION AND DIRECTION OF ROTATION


The actuator is a pneumatic operator for remote actuation of valves. The operation (90° – 120° or
180° rotation) may be connected by different methods:
- Direct mounting of solenoid valves (5/2 for double acting, 3/2 for spring return) to pressure
connections 2 and 4.
- Screwed connection (to pressure connections 2 and 4) with air lines from separate control cabi-
net.

The standard rotation is clockwise to close, counter-clockwise rotation is obtained when port 2 is
pressurised. For actuator marked LF the rotation is counter-clockwise to close, clockwise rotation
is obtained when port 2 is pressurised.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0902e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

• Double Acting operation function (standard rotation) Top View

Air supplied to Port 2 forces the pistons apart and Air supplied to Port 4 forces the pistons together
toward end positions, with exhaust air exiting at Port with exhaust air exiting at port 2, a clockwise rota-
4, a counter clockwise rotation is obtained. tion is obtained.

• Single Acting operation function (standard rotation) Top View

Air supplied to Port 2 forces the pistons apart and On loss of air pressure (air or electric failure) at
toward end positions, compressing the springs with Port 2 allow the springs to force the pistons to the
exhaust air existing at Port 4, a counter clockwise centre position with exhaust air exiting at Port 2, a
rotation is obtained. clockwise rotation is obtained.

5) ACTUATOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


The AT actuator is a pneumatic device for the remote operation of industrial valves. The AT
actuator will operate through 90°, the option is available for 120° or 180° of rotation permitting the
opening and closing of many types of 1/4 turn valves.
All the necessary technical information to install the actuator correctly and safely onto a valve
i.e. Dimensions, Output torque, Air volume, Stroke Adjustment, Operating time, Operating tempe-
rature, Direction of rotation and Weight is stated clearly on the Actuator label, in the catalogue
and technical data sheets. Please read this technical information carefully before proceeding
with the actuator installation.

5.1) Important Safety Notice :


• The actuator must not be pressurized at any time during installation as injury may result.
• The utmost cleanliness is required during air supply connection to the actuator i.e. the connect-
ing pipe thread, fittings and seals must be clean and dirt-free.
• When fitting accessories onto the actuator assemble them in such a way that the top of the drive
shaft is easily accessible should manual operation of the actuator be required.
• Before fitting onto the valve make sure that the actuator / valve are correctly orientated,
depending upon which direction of rotation is required.

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0903e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

5.2) Controls and connections, Figure A :

5.3) Assembly of accessories : Solenoid valves and Switchboxes Figure B :


• Solenoid valve mounting:
Before mounting a Solenoid valve ensure that the actuator is in its normal position (closed posi-
tion) pistons together :
- For Standard assembly and rotation (Clockwise to close): the groove on the indicator 2 must be
diagonal to the longitudinal axis of the actuator in the closed position.
Fit the solenoid valve 4 onto the actuator 3 using the screws provided (max. tightening torque
see the table below).

• Switchbox mounting:
Fit the switchbox and bracket 1 onto the actuator 3, using four screws provided (max. tightening
torque see the table below).

Tightening torque table:

M.. Nm
M5 5 -> 6
M6 10 -> 11
M8 23 -> 25
M10 48 -> 52
M12 82 -> 86
M14 132 -> 138
M16 200 -> 210
M20 390 -> 410
M24 675 -> 705

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0904e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

5.4) Assembly of Valve Figure C:


Before proceeding with the assembly of a valve onto an actuator be sure that the actuator
operates in the desired direction of rotation and both actuator / valve are correctly orientated.
Important : When using a spring return actuator for a fail safe operation, ensure that when air or
electricity failure occurs the direction of rotation is correct for your application.
Fit the valve 5 onto the actuator 3. Ensure that the actuator is in normal position (closed posi-
tion). There are two types of valve assembly onto the actuator :
- Direct-mount : Fit the square of the valve 5 directly into the square of the actuator 3 and bolt
together through the valve ISO pad (max. tightening torque see table above).
- Bracket-mount : Mounting with a bracket 6 and coupling 7, the bracket is bolted to the actua-
tor / valve to join them together and the coupling is used to connect the actuator output drive
to the valve stem (max. tightening torque see table).

5.4.1) Mounting alternatives :


5.4.2) Valve mounting with Actuator Type STANDARD (Clockwise to close) Figure D :
5.4.3) Valve mounting with Actuator Type LF (Clockwise to open) Figure E :

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0905e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

6) MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION
With the information given below, AIR TORQUE provides the end user with all the required infor-
mation necessary for maintenance. Under normal operating conditions the actuator requires only
periodic observation to ensure proper adjustment.
Rebuilding of the AIR TORQUE actuators is allowed only to the personnel of AIR TORQUE or to
personnel which are properly instructed. By contravention the guarantees expires!
Spare kits for maintenance are available to replace all seals and bearings (Soft components
listed in table) that may be necessary between 500,000 and 1,000,000 cycles depending on ope-
rating and/or environmental conditions.

6.1) Drawing with itemised component and recommended spare parts

Pos. Pcs Part Description Material Specification Protection


01 1 Octi-Cam (Stop Arrangement) 1.4021/GS400-15(1) EN 10088-3/ISO 1083(1)
02 2 Stop Cap Screw B8 Cl.2 ASTM A193 EX1 EX2 ød
03
04
2
2
Nut (Stop Cap Screw)
Washer (Stop Cap Screw)
A2
A2-70
ISO 3506
ISO 3506
mm mm mm
05* 2 Bearing (Piston Back) PPA Amodel ET1001HS
06* 1 Bearing (Pinion Top) PA 46 Stanyl TW300
07* 1 Bearing (Pinion Bottom) PA 46 Stanyl TW300 DR/SC 0015 10 8 14
08*
09*
2
2
Thrust Bearing (Pinion)
Plug (Transfer Port)
PPA
NBR
Amodel ET1001HS
NBR 70 Shore
DR/SC 0030 10 10 16
10 1 Thrust Washer (Pinion) 1.4301 EN 10088-3 DR/SC 0060 13 10 22
11* 2 O' Ring (Stop Cap Screw Seal) NBR NBR 70 Shore
12 2 Piston Guide PPA+45%GF Amodel AS1145 DR/SC 0100 13 10 25
13
14*
8/12/16 (2) Cap Screw (End Cap)
2 O' Ring (End Cap)
A2-70
NBR
ISO 3506
NBR 70 Shore
DR/SC 0150 17 13 26
15* 2 Bearing (Piston Head) PPA Amodel ET1001HS DR/SC 0220 19 13 36
16* 2 O' Ring (Piston) NBR NBR 70 Shore
17 min.4/max.12 Spring (Cartridge) SiCr spring alloy steel DIN 17223 Teil 2 Epoxy coated DR/SC 0300 19 17 38
18
19
1
1
Spring Clip (Pinion)
Position Indicator
C75
PP+30% GF
DIN 17222
Hostalen PPN VP7790GV2/30
ENP
DR/SC 0450 22 17 45
20* 1 O' Ring (Pinion Bottom) NBR NBR 70 Shore DR/SC 0600 22 19 48
21* 1 O' Ring (Pinion Top) NBR NBR 70 Shore
30 1 (3) Right End Cap GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 A, B, C, D, E, P DR/SC 0900 24 19 52
31
39
1 (3)
1
Left End Cap
Cap Screw (Indicator)
GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe
A2-70
UNI 5075
ISO 3506
A, B, C, D, E, P
DR/SC 1200 30 22 58
40 2 Pistons GD-AlSi8.5Cu3.5Fe UNI 5075 DR/SC 2000 30 24 68
41 1 Identification Label Polyester Aluminium
42 2 Label (End Cap) Polyester Aluminium DR/SC 3000 36 22 80
43
50
1
1
Spigot
Body
Alloy 6082
Alloy 6083
ASTM B221
ASTM B221
Alodur
A, B, C, D, E, P
DR/SC 5000
60 1 Drive Shaft A105 ASTM A105 ENP

*spare parts (1) AISi420 Type DR/SC15-150; GS400-15 Type DR/SC220-4000


(2) 8 pcs. Type DR/SC15-1200; 12 pcs. Type DR/SC3000
(3) Type DR/SC600-3000 End Caps are symmetric

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
Older data sheets are invalid.
0906e
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

6.2) Disassembly
When disassembly of actuator is required for maintenance, firstly remove
the actuator from the valve. Before performing any disassembly operations
it is important to verify that the actuator is not pressurised. Always use cauti-
on and double check that the ports 2 and 4 are vented and are free from
any accessory and/or device. When the actuator is a spring return unit,
make sure that the actuator is in the failed
position before disassembling.

A) Removal of position indicator (Part No. 19), figure 01:


• Remove cap screw (39) if fitted
• Lift position indicator (19) off shaft, it may be necessary to pry gently with
a screwdriver.

B) Removal of stop cap screws (Part No. 02), figure 02:


• Remove both stop cap screws together with nut (04) and washer (03)
• Remove stop screw O-rings (11) and discard if replacing all soft parts.

C) End Caps disassembly (Part No 30 right and 31 left) For model DR/SR900
to DR/SC3000 the 2 end caps
(30) are symmetric, figure 03:
• Remove cap screw (End cap 13) in the sequence shown in the fig-
ure 03. Caution: when disassembling a spring return actuator, the end cap
(30 and 31) should be loose after unscrewing end cap bolts (13) 4-5 turns.
If there is still force on the end cap after 4-5 turns of the end cap bolts, this
may indicate a damaged spring cartridge and any further disassem-
bly should be discontinued. Further disassembly of the end caps may
result in injury. Return actuator to AIR TORQUE for further maintenance.
• For spring return actuators, always remove spring cartridge.
• Remove end cap O-rings (14) and discard if replacing all soft components.

D) Pistons disassembly (Part No. 40), figure 04:


• Holding the body (50) in a vice or similar device, rotate the drive shaft (60)
until the pistons (40) are released.
Caution: Air pressure should not be used to remove the pistons from the
body.
• Remove piston ‘O’ rings (16) using a small screwdriver; remove the piston
back (05) and piston head (15) bearings. Discard bearings when
replacing all soft components.

E) Pinion shaft disassembling (Part No 60), figure 05:


• Remove spring clip (18) carefully, using nap-ring pliers, remove external
thrust bearing (08) and thrust washer (10).
• Apply downward force to top of drive shaft (60) until it is partially out of
the bottom of the body when it is possible to remove the octi-cam 01) and
internal thrust bearing (08), then push the pinion (60) completely out of
the bottom of the body. If pinion does not remove freely gently tap the
top of the shaft with a plastic mallet.
• Remove top and bottom pinion bearings (06)and (07) and top and bot-
tom pinion O-rings (21) and (22).
• Discard bearings (06) and (07), internal and external thrust washer (08) and
O-rings (21) and (22) if replacing all soft components.

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0907e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

When all component are disassembled, those not being replaced


should be properly cleaned and inspected for wear prior to being
greased and re-assembled.

6.3) Assembly :
Prior to assembly, ensure all components are perfectly clean and free
from damage. Please see point 3 for recommended lubricants.

A) Drive shaft assembly (Part No. 60), figures 06 and 07:


• Install top and bottom pinion bearings (06) and (07) and top and bottom
pinion O-rings (21) and (22) onto the shaft.
• Grease the outside surface of the drive shaft on
top and bottom as shown in figure 06.
• Insert partially the drive shaft (60) in the body
(50), install octi–cam (01) in the correct position as
shown in figure 07 related to the bottom and top
of the drive shaft and the rotation of the actu-
ator when energised and install internal thrust
bearing (08). Insert completely the drive shaft in
the body.
• Fit external thrust bearing (08), thrust washer (10)
and then external circlip (18) using snap ring pliers.

B) Pistons assembly (Part No. 40), figures 08, 09, 10 and 11:
• Install piston O-rings (16), the Piston skirt (05) and piston head (15) bear-
ings.
• Grease the internal surface of the body (50) and the piston (40) rack
teeth.
• Hold the body (50) in a horizontal position by inserting the top of the
shaft into a vice or the bottom of the shaft connection into a male drive
fitted in a vice as shown in figure 08.
• Ensure that the octi-cam is in the right position as shown in figure 09.
• For standard rotation assembly (clockwise to close) rotate the body (50)
about 40-45° counter-clockwise from bottom view or clockwise from
top view depending on which way the shaft has been linked as shown
in figure 10.
• Press the two pistons (40) simultaneously inside the body (50) until the pis-
tons are engaged and rotate the body clockwise from bottom view or
counter clockwise from top view until the stroke is completed.
• Ensure that when the pistons are inserted that they both mesh at the
same time. Check fully closed and open positions as shown in figure 11.

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0908e
Older data sheets are invalid.
The 4th Generation

Maintenance

C) End cap (part 30 right and 31 left) and spring


cartridge (17) assembly (For model DR/SC2000 to
DR/SC3000 the 2 end caps 30 are symmetric), figu-
res 12, 13 and 14:
• Lubricate the body.
• For spring return actuator insert the proper quan-
tity of spring cartridge according to the pattern
shown in figure 12 (referring to the total number of
springs). Insert spring cartridge (17) as shown in fig-
ure 13.

• Fit end cap O-ring seal (14) into the groove in the end cap, on both end
caps.
• Fit end caps onto the body (50), verifying that the O-ring remains in the
groove.
• Insert all the cap screws (13) and tighten each only partially. Complete
tightening by following the sequence indicated in figure 14.

D) Assembly of stop cap screws (Parts 02), and stroke adjustment figure15:
• Insert on both the stop cap screw (02), the nut (04), the washer (03), and
the O-ring in (11)
• Fit the stop cap screw (02) in the body.

Stroke adjustment for standard rotation actuator (Clockwise to close):


• 0° (Close) position stoke adjustment with actuator in close position,
screw or unscrew the right (from top view) stop cap screw (02) until the
desired stop position is achieved. Then tighten the stop adjustment nut
(04) to lock it in place
• 90° (open) position stroke adjustment with actuator in open position,
screw or unscrew the left (from top view) stop cap screw (02) until the
desired stop position is achieved, then tighten the
stop adjustment nut (04) and lock it in place.

E) Assembly of position indicator (Parts No 19 and 39), figure 16:


• Fit position indicator (19) on the shaft verifying that it indicates the correct
actuator position.
• Then fit cap screw (39) where fitted.

7) STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS
If the actuators are not for immediate use, the following precaution must
be taken for storage :
• Store in a dry environment at ambient temperature.
• It is recommended that the actuator be stored in its original box.
• Do not remove the plastic plugs on air supply ports.

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2000. Maintenance


No guarantee for accuracy.
0909e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Automation
Fail safe position
DR/SC00015-05000

Fail close (Valve type)


Fail safe ‘close’ Valve ‘open’

Spring to close (only SC)


(clockwise)

The standard model of the AT-actuators will be mounted in direction of


the media flow from the valve.

Way of turning:
By pressure on port ‘2’ the drive shaft of the actuator turns ‘anti-clockwise' from basic position of
the actuator ‘close’ into the end position ‘open’, an opening of the valve is obtained.
In case of pressure fail on port ‘2’ the drive shaft of the actuator turns ‘clockwise’ into the basic
position of the actuator ‘close’ (only SC), a closing of the valve is obtained.
The delivery will be in basic position. By assembling actuator in basic position and valve in close
position.
The order no. is: DR or SC
Important: By mounting diagonal to the flow from the valve, pay attention for the correct position
of the indicator (Must be turned about 90°, see manual)!

Fail open (Valve type)


Fail safe ‘open’ Valve ‘close’

Spring to open (only SO)


(anticlockwise)

If the drive shaft of the actuator has to turn during the opening of the
valve anticlockwise (fail safe to open by spring return), the pistons
and the cam (turning of the drive shaft) must be assembled as shown
in the figure (bottom).

Turn the drive shaft, after removing


the pistons, for ca. 185° in clockwise
rotation back (right picture).

Turn pistons for 180°. Assemble pistons.


Attention: Function of the adjustment screws
for 0° and 90° adjustment changes!

Way of turning:
The drive shaft of the actuator turns 'anticlockwise' from end position of the actuator ‘open’ (pres-
sure fail on port ‘2’) into the basic position ‘close’, an opening of the valve is obtained.
The delivery will be in basic position. By assembling actuator in basic position and valve in open
position.
The order no. is: DL or SO

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. DR/SCFail safe position


No guarantee for accuracy.
Older data sheets are invalid.
0910e
Manual for Assembly
Diagonal in parallel
DR/SC00015-05000

Manual for assembly of square position ‘diagonal’ to ‘parallel’

The standard versions of the AT-actuators have the square position ‘diagonal’.

Note: Pay attention to the maintenance informations for all assemblings.

Position of the square ‘diagonal’ (standard)


First remove the end caps and the spring cartridges (only type SC).
Continue with unscrewing the external stroke adjustment for the open
position (90°, left screw).
Then move the pistons outside the body
through turning of the drive shaft.

Note: only unscrew left adjustment


screw

Position of the square ‘diagonal’.

Position of the square ‘parallel’


Turn back the drive shaft into the basic position (until the end position of the right adjustment screw
is touched, closed position). Remove the indicator and the spring clip. Then push down the drive
shaft a little, while fixing the cam in it’s position.
Turn the drive shaft for one tooth (connection cam drive shaft), until the
square is parallel.
Now fit the drive shaft again.
After that turn the drive shaft in the open
position (see above) and
assemble the actuator.

Attention: Fix cam in the endposition


during removing the drive shaft!

Note: adjust left screw at last.

Square position ‘parallel’.

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. Assembly diagonal/parallel


No guarantee for accuracy.
0911e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

ER 10/20/35/45/60/100

Description:
Electric actuator with 90° turning range
in plastic housing and manual override
by outgoing axle.
Standard equipment:
Synchronous motor 115V - 230V AC and continuous multi-voltages
12/24V AC/DC, 4 adjustable limit switches 5A,
removable fixation plate F03-F04-F05 or F05-F07,
manual override, torque limiter as well as
mechanical limit stops 90° +5°.
Options:
Long handle, 2 DIN43650 connectors, heating resistor, 0-10V or 4-20mA positioner, 180° turning range without
mechanical limit stops, 1-5-10kΩ or 4-20mA feedback potentiometer, fail safe security block NO/NC with
battery, 3-rd position 0°-90°-180° with feedback.
Technical Data:
Duty rating at maximum torque: Type 115V or 230V AC = 50% of the operating time,
Type 12/24V AC/DC = 30% of the operating time, working temperature: -10°C to +55°C
Electric connections: 2 x ISO 20, IP67
Protection: IP65, Weight: 1,5kg and 3kg.

Type ISO Torque Signal Voltage Power Travel time


ER10.X58E** 14/F03-F04-F05 10 Nm 230 V AC 11 W 25 s 50 s
ER10.X53S** 14/F03-F04-F05 10 Nm 24V/12V AC/DC 11 W 10*/25 s 20 s
ER20.X58B** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 230 V AC 15 W 20 s 20 s
ER20.X33S** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 24V AC/DC 11 W 20 s 20 s
ER20.X53M** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 24V/12V AC/DC 26 W 4*/8 s 100 s
ER35.X58B** 14/F03-F04-F05 35 Nm 230 V AC 15 W 35 s 35 s
ER35.X53M** 14/F03-F04-F05 35 Nm 24V/12V AC/DC 26 W 8*/16 s 35 s
ER35.933S 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 24V AC/DC 11 W 35 s 35 s
ER45.958R 22/F05-F07 45 Nm 230 V AC 24 W 20 s 20 s
ER45.953M 22/F05-F07 45 Nm 24V/12V AC/DC 26 W 10*/20 s 65 s
ER60.958R 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 230 V AC 24 W 20 s 65 s
ER60.933S 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 24V AC/DC 11 W 60 s 65 s
ER60.953M 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 24V/12V AC/DC 26 W 10*/20 s 35 s
ER100.958R 22/F05-F07 100 Nm 230 V AC 24 W 35 s 100 s

* travel time for 24V; ** X = removable plates with F03, F04 or F05 connection

Modifications reserved. Date 02.2005. ATER


No guarantee for accuracy.
1001e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

Electric wiring type ER

Cut view type ER:

1 Position indicator
2 Terminal block
3 Motor
4 Cams for limit switch
adjustment
Additional adjustment possi- Prinziple of cam
ble with long-nose pliers or adjustment with
adjustment key (optiol) adjustment key (option)
5 Gear

Modifications reserved. Date 08.2003. ATWiringER


No guarantee for accuracy.
1002e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

ER Multivolt/ Posi P6

Description:
Electric actuator with 90° turning range and integrated
positioning 0-4-20mA or 0-10V, in plastic housing and manual
override by outgoing axle.
Standard equipment:
Synchronous motor 115V - 230V AC and continuous
24V AC/DC, 4 adjustable limit switches 5A, 0-4-20mA or
0-10V feedback, removable fixation plate F03-F04-F05 or F05-F07,
manual override, torque limiter as well as
mechanical limit stops 90° +5°.
Options:
Long handle, heating resistor 10W
Technical Data:
Duty rating at maximum torque = 50% of the operating time,
regulating = 50% of maximum torque,
positioning = 100% of maximum torque, working temperature: -10°C to +55°C
Electric connections: 2 x ISO 20, IP67, Protection: IP65, Weight: 1,5kg and 3kg.

MULTIVOLT
Type ISO Torque Voltage Travel time
ER10.X3A.S00** 14/F03-F04-F05 10 Nm 100-240 V AC 10 s
ER10.X33.S00** 14/F03-F04-F05 10 Nm 24 V AC/DC 10 s
ER20.93A.S00 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 100-240 V AC 20 s
ER20.933.S00 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 24 V AC/DC 20 s
ER35.93A.S00 14** 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 100-240 V AC 35 s
ER35.933.S00 14** 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 24 V AC/DC 35 s
ER60.93A.S00 17** 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 100-240 V AC 60 s
ER60.933.S00 17** 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 24 V AC/DC 60 s
ER100.933.S00 22/F05-F07 100 Nm 100-240 V AC 100 s
ER100.933.S00 22/F05-F07 100 Nm 24 V AC/DC 100 s
** X = removable plates with F03, F04 or F05 connection

POSI = 4-20MA / 0-10V


Type ISO Torque Voltage Travel time
ER20.X3A.SP6** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 100-240 V AC 20 s
ER20.X33.SP6** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 24 V AC/DC 20 s
ER35.93A.SP6 14** 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 100-240 V AC 35 s
ER35.933.SP6 14** 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 24 V AC/DC 35 s
ER60.93A.SP6 17** 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 100-240 V AC 60 s
ER60.933.SP6 17** 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 24 V AC/DC 60 s
ER100.93A.SP6 22/F05-F07 100 Nm 100-240 V AC 100 s
ER100.933.SP6 22/F05-F07 100 Nm 24 V AC/DC 100 s
** X = removable plates with F03, F04 or F05 connection

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATERPosi


No guarantee for accuracy.
1003e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

EK 20/35/60/150

EK20

EK35-60

EK150
Description:
90° electric actuator, plastic housing with manual override by outgoing axle; for a torque of: 20-35-60Nm
Standard equipment:
3 tensions: 115, 230V AC and 24V AC/DC, 2 DIN 43650 connectors, 4 adjustable limit switches 5A, remova-
ble fixation plate with twin-norms F03-F04-F05 or F05-F07, star drive, manual override, torque limiter, mecha-
nical limit stops 90° +5°.
Technichal Data:
Duty rating at maximum torque: 30% of op. time , working temperature: -10°C to +55°C, electric connec-
tions: 2 connectors DIN43650, enclosure: IP65, weight 1,2kg, 2,5kg and 4 kg

Type ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time


EK20.X08S** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 230 V AC 11 W 7/10 s
EK20.X07S** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 115 V AC 11 W 7/10 s
EK20.X03S** 14/F03-F04-F05 20 Nm 24V AC/DC 11 W 7/10 s
EK35.908M 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 230 V AC 26 W 7/10 s
EK35.907M 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 115 V AC 26 W 7/10 s
EK35.903M 22/F05-F07 35 Nm 24V AC/DC 26 W 7/10 s
EK60.908M 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 230 V AC 26 W 12/20 s
EK60.907M 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 115 V AC 26 W 12/20 s
EK60.903M 22/F05-F07 60 Nm 24V AC/DC 26 W 12/20 s
EK150.908M 22/F07-F10 150 Nm 230 V AC 26 W 25/40 s
EK150.907M 22/F07-F10 150 Nm 115 V AC 26 W 25/40 s
EK150.903M 22/F07-F10 150 Nm 24V AC/DC 26 W 25/40 s
** X = removable plates with F03, F04 or F05 connection

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATEK


No guarantee for accuracy.
1004e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

VR/VS/VT

Description:
90° electric actuator, plastic housing + plastic or aluminium (optional) cover, with manual override by
outgoing axle or hand wheel; for a torque of: 25 to 1000Nm
Standard equipment:
VR-VS: Multi-voiltage actuator 100-240 V AC/ (125-320 V DC) or 24 V AC/DC or 400 V tri
VT: 400 VC tri, 230 V AC
4 adjustable limit switches 5A (VT=16A), fixation twin-norms F05-F07, F07-F10 or F10-F12, removable star
drive, manual override, torque limiter, mechanical limit stops (adjustable for VS and VT), visual position
indicator, regulated heating resistor 4W (except for VT and 400V tri: 10W)

Versions:
Version 3 points modulating or on-off
90° standard version, 180° or 270° on request
0-10V or 4-20mA positioning version (except VT and 400V tri)
Aluminium version on request

Technische Data:
Duty rating: 30% - 50% - 80% (depending on type), working temperature: -20°C to +70°C, electric
connections: 2 x ISO M20, IP68, Enclosure: IP67
weight VR=3,1kg, VS=5,6kg, VT=17,1kg.

DUTY CYCLE S4-30%


Type ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time
VR75.70A.M00 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 15 s
VR75.703.M00 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 15 s
VS150.90A.M00 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 30 s
VS150.903.M00 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 30 s
VS300.90A.M00 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 50 s
VS300.903.M00 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 50 s

*4-20 mA travel time

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATVRVSVT


No guarantee for accuracy.
1005e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

VR/VS/VT

DUTY CYCLE S4-50%


Type Type-Posi ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time
VR25.709.R00 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 400 V TRI 20 W 10s
VR25.70A.G00 VR25.70A.GP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 7s (15*)s
VR25.703.G00 VR25.703.GP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 7s (15*)s
VR45.709.R00 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 400 V TRI 52 W 10 s
VR45.70A.G00 VR45.70A.GP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 15 s
VR45.703.G00 VR45.703.GP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 15 s
VR75.709.R00 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 400 V TRI 52 W 15 s
VR75.70A.G00 VR75.70A.GP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 20 s
VR75.703.G00 VR75.703.GP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 20 s
VS100.909.R00 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 400 V TRI 135 W 10 s
VS100.90A.G00 VS100.90A.GP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 15 s
VS100.903.G00 VS100.903.GP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 15 s
VS150.909.R00 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 400 V TRI 135 W 20 s
VS150.90A.G00 VS150.90A.GP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 30 s
VS150.903.G00 VS150.903.GP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 30 s
VS300.909.R00 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 400 V TRI 135 W 35 s
VS300.90A.G00 VS300.90A.GP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 50 s
VS300.903.G00 VS300.903.GP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 50 s
VT600.A09.T00 36 F10/F12 600 Nm 400 V TRI 250 W 38 s
VT600.A08.T00 36 F10/F12 600 Nm 230 V AC 250 W 38 s
VT1000.A09.T00 36 F10/F12 1000 Nm 400 V TRI 250 W 38 s
VT1000.A08.T00 36 F10/F12 1000 Nm 230 V AC 250 W 38 s
*4-20 mA travel time

DUTY CYCLE S4-80%


Type Type-Posi ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time
VR25.70A.H00 VR25.70A.HP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 7s (15*)s
VR25.703.H00 VR25.703.HP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 7s (15*)s
VR45.70A.H00 VR45.70A.HP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 15 s
VR45.703.H00 VR45.703.HP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 15 s
VR75.70A.H00 VR75.70A.HP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 20 s
VR75.703.H00 VR75.703.HP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 20 s
VS100.90A.H00 VS100.90A.HP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 15 s
VS100.903.H00 VS100.903.HP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 15 s
VS150.90A.H00 VS150.90A.HP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 30 s
VS150.903.H00 VS150.903.HP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 30 s
VS300.90A.H00 VS300.90A.HP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 50 s
VS300.903.H00 VS300.903.HP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 50 s
*4-20 mA travel time

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATVRVSVT


No guarantee for accuracy.
1006e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

VRX/VSX

Description:
90° electric actuator, aluminium housing + aluminium cover, with manual override by outgoing axle
or hand wheel; for a torque of: 25 Nm bis 300 Nm

Standard equipment:
VRX-VSX: Multi-voltage actuator 100-240 V AC/ (125-320 V DC) or 24 V AC/DC or 400 V tri

4 adjustable limit switches 5A, fixation twin-norms F05-F07 or F07-F10, removable star drive, manual
override, torque limiter (except 400V), mechanical limit stops (adjustable for VSX), visual position indi-
cator, regulated heating resistor 4W (except 400V tri: 10W)

Versions:
Version 3 points modulating or on-off
90° standard version, 180° or 270° on request
0-10V or 4-20mA positioning version (except 400V tri)
Technische Daten:
Duty rating: 50% - 80%,
working temperature: -20°C to +70°C,
electric connections: 2 x ISO M20, Enclosure: IP67
weight VRX=4,9kg, VSX=6,9kg

This actuator type complies with the ATEX Standard “ATEX - II 2 GD Ex d IIB T6 - IP67 T80°”
(for 400 V and EBS.24 actuators: II 2 GD Ex d IIB T5 - IP67 T95°)

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATVRXVSX


No guarantee for accuracy.
1007e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

VRX/VSX

DUTY CYCLE S4-50%


Type Type-Posi ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time
VRX25.709.R00 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 400 V TRI 20 W 10s
VRX25.70A.G00 VRX25.70A.GP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 7s (15*)s
VRX25.703.G00 VRX25.703.GP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 7s (15*)s
VRX45.709.R00 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 400 V TRI 52 W 10 s
VRX45.70A.G00 VRX45.70A.GP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 15 s
VRX45.703.G00 VRX45.703.GP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 15 s
VRX75.709.R00 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 400 V TRI 52 W 15 s
VRX75.70A.G00 VRX75.70A.GP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 20 s
VRX75.703.G00 VRX75.703.GP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 20 s
VRX100.909.R00 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 400 V TRI 135 W 10 s
VRX100.90A.G00 VSX100.90A.GP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 100-240 V AC 45 W 15 s
VRX100.903.G00 VSX100.903.GP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 24 V AC/DC 45 W 15 s
VRX150.909.R00 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 400 V TRI 135 W 20 s
VRX150.90A.G00 VSX150.90A.GP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 30 s
VRX150.903.G00 VSX150.903.GP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 30 s
VRX300.909.R00 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 400 V TRI 135 W 35 s
VRX300.90A.G00 VSX300.90A.GP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 50 s
VRX300.903.G00 VSX300.903.GP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 50 s
*4-20 mA travel time

DUTY CYCLE S4-80%


Type Type-Posi ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time
VRX25.70A.H00 VRX25.70A.HP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 7s (15*)s
VRX25.703.H00 VRX25.703.HP5 17 F05/F07 25 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 7s (15*)s
VRX45.70A.H00 VRX45.70A.HP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 15 s
VRX45.703.H00 VRX45.703.HP5 17 F05/F07 45 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 15 s
VRX75.70A.H00 VRX75.70A.HP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 20 s
VRX75.703.H00 VRX75.703.HP5 17 F05/F07 75 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 20 s
VRX100.90A.H00 VSX100.90A.HP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 15 s
VRX100.903.H00 VSX100.903.HP5 22 F07/F10 100 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 15 s
VRX150.90A.H00 VSX150.90A.HP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 30 s
VRX150.903.H00 VSX150.903.HP5 22 F07/F10 150 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 30 s
VRX300.90A.H00 VSX300.90A.HP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 100-240 V AC 85 W 50 s
VRX300.903.H00 VSX300.903.HP5 22 F07/F10 300 Nm 24 V AC/DC 85 W 50 s
*4-20 mA travel time

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATVRXVSX


No guarantee for accuracy.
1008e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Electric Actuators

VRA/VSA

Description:
90° electric actuator, aluminium housing + aluminium cover, with
manual override by outgoing axle or hand wheel; for a torque of: 25
Nm bis 250 Nm
Standard equipment:
VRA-VSA: Multi-voltage actuators 100-240 V AC/ (125-320 V DC) or 24
V AC/DC

4 adjustable limit switches 5A, fixation twin-norms F05-F07 or F07-F10,


removable star drive, manual override, torque limiter, mechanical limit
stops (adjustable for VSA), visual position indicator, regulated heating
resistor 4W

Versions:
Version 3 points modulating or on-off
90° standard version, 180° or 270° on request
0-10V or 4-20mA positioning version (except 400V tri)

Technical Data:
Duty rating: 80%
working temperature: -20°C to +60°C,
electric connections: 2 x 1/2” NPT, Enclosure: Type 4X IP67
weight VRA=4,9kg, VSA=6,9kg

DUTY CYCLE S4-80%


Type Type-Posi ISO Torque Voltage Power Travel time
VRA25.70A.H00 VRA25.70A.HP5 17mm(0,67in) F05/F07 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 100-240 V AC 85 W 7s (15*)s
VRA25.703.H00 VRA25.703.HP5 17mm(0,67in) F05/F07 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 24 V AC/DC 85 W 7s (15*)s
VRA45.70A.H00 VRA45.70A.HP5 17mm(0,67in) F05/F07 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 100-240 V AC 85 W 15 s
VRA45.703.H00 VRA45.703.HP5 17mm(0,67in) F05/F07 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 24 V AC/DC 85 W 15 s
VRA75.70A.H00 VRA75.70A.HP5 17mm(0,67in) F05/F07 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 100-240 V AC 85 W 20 s
VRA75.703.H00 VRA75.703.HP5 17mm(0,67in) F05/F07 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 24 V AC/DC 85 W 20 s
VRA100.90A.H00 VSA100.90A.HP5 22 (0,87in) F07/F10 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 100-240 V AC 85 W 15 s
VRA100.903.H00 VSA100.903.HP5 22 (0,87in) F07/F10 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 24 V AC/DC 85 W 15 s
VRA150.90A.H00 VSA150.90A.HP5 22 (0,87in) F07/F10 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 100-240 V AC 85 W 30 s
VRA150.903.H00 VSA150.903.HP5 22 (0,87in) F07/F10 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 24 V AC/DC 85 W 30 s
VRA300.90A.H00 VSA300.90A.HP5 22 (0,87in) F07/F10 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 100-240 V AC 85 W 50 s
VRA300.903.H00 VSA300.903.HP5 22 (0,87in) F07/F10 25 Nm (222 lb-in) 24 V AC/DC 85 W 50 s
*4-20 mA travel time

This type complies with the standards CSA (C,US) / ANSI/UL and is therefore
appropriate to be distributed on the american continent

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. ATVRXVSX


No guarantee for accuracy.
1009e
Older data sheets are invalid.
Company Profile

COMPANY PROFILE

Name of company: AIR TORQUE GmbH

Address: AIR TORQUE GmbH


Im Katzentach 16-18
76275 Ettlingen
Tel.: 07243-5934-0 Internet: http://www.airtorque.de
Fax: 07243-5934-34 e-Mail: info@airtorque.de

Foundation: 1991 – HRB 1908 E

Staff: 12

Manager: Dipl.-Ing. Mark Schmidt


Dipl.-Ing. Lorenz Stolzenberg

Products: Pneumatic part turn actuators


Double acting and single acting actuators

Torque:
- Double acting actuators from 7,3 Nm to 5405 Nm at
6 bar air pressure
- Single acting actuatos from 8,1 Nm to 2207 Nm at
6 bar air pressure

Turning range:
90° - 120° - 135° - 180°

Capacity: 6.000 Actuators/Month

Applicated ISO 5211


standards DIN 3337
and regulations: VDI/VDE 3845
NF E 29 - 409

Quality assurance Manufactured to a quality system assesed and approved


of the products: to ISO 9001 (Produktion Italien)
Lloyd’s Register of Approval Certificate No: LRC 160122

Application: Part turn actuators are used for automatical operation


of valves, which purpose is to reduce, cut off or bypass
a stream of material with adjustable cross-sections

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. Company Profile


No guarantee for accuracy.
1101e
Older data sheets are invalid.
References

SALES ORGANIZATION

Head office AIR TORQUE SpA certificated acc. to: ISO 9001
and Works: Via alla Campagna n. 1 Lloyd’s Register Q. A.
24060 Costa di Mezzate (BG) e-mail: info@airtorque.it
Tel.: +39-035-682299 Fax: +39-035-687791 Internet: www.airtorque.it

Affiliated Companies:

AIR TORQUE Deutschland GmbH A.T. (UK) LTD AIR TORQUE France
Im Katzentach 16-18 4a Sovereign Business Park, Parc d’Activitès de la
76275 Ettlingen Lathkill Street Verdière
certif. acc. to: DIN EN ISO 9001:2000 Market Harborough 13880 Velaux France
Tel.: +49-7243-5934 0 Leceistershire, LE 16 9EG Tel.: +33-4-42878400
Fax: +49-7243-5934 34 Tel.: +44-1858-468199 Fax: +33-4-42878404
e-mail: info@airtorque.de Fax: +44-1858-468187
Internet: www.airtorque.de e-mail: atukltd@aol.com
Internet: www.airtorque.co.uk

Main Distributors:

Norwegen Belgien Polen Korea USA


Schweden Schweiz Tschechien Taiwan Kanada
Finnland Österreich Slowenien Singapur Australien
Dänemark Spanien Israel Brasilien Neu Seeland
Holland Griechenland Japan Argentinien Süd Afrika

Extract of References:

Company Plant Company Plant


AKZO Elsterberg HENKEL KGaA Düsseldorf
BASF AG Ludwigshafen BASF AG Antwerpen
BASF AG Schwarzheide BAYER AG Indonesien
BAYER AG Bitterfeld DUPONT England
BOEHRINGER Ingelheim ABB GENEVA Schweiz
BSL Olefinverbund GmbH Leipzig MANNESMANN DEMAG Deutschland
CASSELA AG Frankfurt DSM Holland
CIBA-GEIGY AG Grenzach AKZO Holland
DEGUSSA AG Rheinfelden FLOURDANIEL Eng. Süd Afrika
ELF Atochem Leuna JOHN BROWN Eng. Holland
ELF Tanklager Hartmannsdorf SOLVAY Belgien
FASERWERK Kehlheim Kehlheim PANTOCHIM Belgien
HAARMANN & REIMER Holzminden RHONE POULENC RORA England
HOECHST AG Frankfurt NESTLE I.C.I. ZENICA England
HOECHST AG Gersthofen AGIP Galliano
HOFFMANN - LA ROCHE Grenzach HIMONT Italien
MIBRA Tagebau Proven AIR-LIQUIDE Frankreich
SACHTLEBEN Chemie Duisburg NISSAN CARS Japan
SAMSON AG Frankfurt TOYOTA CARS Japan
WACKER Chemie Burghausen ENEL Italien

Modifications reserved. Date 07.2007. References


No guarantee for accuracy.
1102e
Older data sheets are invalid.